Menu

Fragments on the Gospel of Luke

Origen’s Homilies on Luke survive in Jerome’s Latin translation, but these Greek fragments come from the catena tradition and give Origen’s comments on the third Gospel in his own language. As with any catena, a fragment may be shortened or reworded by the compiler.

The third century c. AD 233–250 Origen of Alexandria Greek 153 chapters Modern English: CC BY-SA 4.0
Download the English translation EPUB 127 KBWord 58 KBPlain text 108 KB
Show:
GreekMax Rauer edition
Modern EnglishSermonIndex translation from the Greek
Fragment 1
4, 39 >καὶ ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ< Ἐφίστησι τῇ τοῦ Σίμωνος οἰκίᾳ ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ εὑρίσκει πυρέττουσαν τὴν αὐτοῦ πενθεράν· >καὶ ἐπιστὰς ἐπετίμησε τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν . Μήποτε οὖν ἐν μὲν τῷ· ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετὸς< εἰρημένῳ ὑπὸ Ματθαίου καὶ Μάρκου καὶ ὅλη τῇ πράσει οὐδὲν ὡς περὶ ζῴου ἐμφαίνεται τοῦ τὸν πυρετὸν ἐνεργοῦντος, ἐν δὲ τῷ· >ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω ἐπετίμησε τῷ πυρετῷ καὶ ἀφῆκεν> εἰρημένῳ ὑπὸ Λουκᾶ οὐκ οἶδα, εἰ μὴ ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τὸ ἐπιτιμώμενον καὶ καὶ ἀφιὲν ζῷον μὴ χωροῦν τὴν τοῦ ἐπιτιμῶντος ἐνέργειαν· ἄψυχον γὰρ καὶ μὴ αἰσθανόμενον ἐπιτιμίας ἐπιτιμᾶσθαι οὐκ εὔλογον λέγειν. Οὐδὲν δὲ θαυμαστὸν εἶναί τινας κακωτικὰς τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου σώματος δυνάμεις, καὶ οὐ πάντως κατηγορήσωμεν τῆς ψυχῆς τῶν πασχόντων ὡς ἐκ τούτων βλαπτομένης· οὐδὲ γάρ, ἐπεὶ ἔπαισε τὸν Ἰὼβ ἕλκει πονηρῷ λαβὼν ὁ διάβολος τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὸ τὸ διὰ τοῦ σώματος πειράσαι αὐτόν, περὶ τοῦτο κατηγορητέος ὁ Ἰὼβ ἀθλήσας καὶ γενναίως ὑπομείνας τὴν πληγήν. Μόνον εἴη λέγεσθαι, εἴ ποτε κατὰ σωματικοὺς πειραζόμεθα πόνους, τό· ἀλλὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ μὴ , ὡς καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐπιτιμῶν ἰᾶται τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας. >᾿ ἀντὶ τοῦ >πέταξεν<.
“And standing over her, he rebuked the fever.” The Savior comes to Simon’s house and finds his mother-in-law burning with fever. “He stood over her, rebuked the fever, and it left.” Perhaps, then, in the words “the fever left her,” as Matthew and Mark report them, and in their whole account, nothing suggests a living creature that produces the fever. But in Luke’s words, “standing over her he rebuked the fever and it left,” I do not know whether we will be forced to say that what is rebuked and leaves is a living thing, one that cannot withstand the working of the one who rebukes it. For it is not reasonable to say that something lifeless, with no power of perception, is rebuked. It is not strange that there are certain powers that harm the human body. Nor should we always accuse the soul of those who suffer, as if it were harmed by these things. The devil struck Job with a wicked sore because he had received authority to test him through the body. But Job is not to be accused on that account, since he contended and bore the blow nobly. Only let this be said, if ever we are tried by bodily pains: “but [do not touch] his soul.” In the same way the Lord, by rebuking, heals those who are sick. [“Rebuked”] is put here in place of “commanded.”
Fragment 2
4, 40 >δύνοντος δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου< Περὶ δυσμὰς δέ τούτους προσῆγον ἤτοι μεθ’ ἡμέραν, αἰσχυνόμενοι, ἢ τοὺς Φαρισαίους φοβούμενοι, ἢ καὶ περὶ ἕτερα ἀσχολούμενοι, ἢ τάχα νομίζοντες μὴ ἐξεῖναι θεραπεύειν ἐν σαββάτῳ· ἐπεσημήνατο γὰρ ὁ εὐαγγελιστής, ὅτι >ἦν διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ἐν σαββάτῳ<· διὰ τοῦτο δύσιν ἡλίου τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας προσέφερον οἶ προσήκοντες, ὁ δὲ >αὐτοὺς ἐθεράπευσεν<.
“And as the sun was setting.” They brought these people near sunset rather than in the daytime. Perhaps they were ashamed, or afraid of the Pharisees, or occupied with other things. Or perhaps they thought it was not lawful to heal on the sabbath, for the evangelist noted that “he was teaching them on the sabbath.” For this reason their relatives brought the sick at the setting of the sun, and he healed them.
Fragment 3
5, 1 >αὐτὸς ἦν ἑστὼς παρὰ τὴν λίμνην Γεννησαρέτ< Ὁ δὲ εἱστήκει παρὰ τὴν λίμνην , ἢ καὶ κατὰ Ματθαῖον καὶ Μᾶρκον >περιεπάτει παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας<· μὲν ἐναντία λέγειν οἱ εὐαγγελισταί, πλὴν ὁ ἐπιχειρῶν ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς τοιαῦτα δύναται εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον λέγειν· εἰ τὰ συστήματα τῶν ἀπότων ἐκάλεσε θαλάσσας> ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τῆς κοσμοποιΐας ὁ <συστήματα> δὲ >τῶν ὑδάτων< εἰσὶ καὶ οἱ ποταμοί, κατὰ καὶ οὗτοί εἰσι θάλασσαι, ὥσπερ καὶ ἡ γλυκυτάτη καὶ ποτιμωτάτη >Γεννησαρὲτ λίμνη<, ἡ νῦν καλουμένη >Τιβεριὰς εὐαγγελίοις, μάλιστα ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὴ σύστημά ἐστιν ὑδάτων. Ἔστι δὲ ἡ Γεννησαρὲτ χώρα τῆς μερίδος τοῦ Χαναναίου, ἐν ᾗ ἐποιχόμενος τὰ πρὸς θάλασσαν ὁ κύριος εὗρε τοὺς περὶ Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην καὶ ἐπανεκαλέσατο αὐτοὺς μετὰ τὴν ἄγραν τῶν ἰχθύων, ὄντας τὸ πρότερον Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ μαθητάς.
“He was standing by the lake of Gennesaret.” Why was he standing by the lake, when according to Matthew and Mark “he was walking by the sea of Galilee”? The evangelists seem to say opposite things. But anyone who tries to answer from Scripture can say this about the passage. At the beginning of the making of the world, God called the gatherings of [waters] “seas.” Rivers too are gatherings of waters, and so these also are seas. So too the very sweet and most drinkable “lake of Gennesaret,” now called “Tiberias” in the Gospels, is a sea, especially since it too is a gathering of waters. Gennesaret is a region in the portion of the Canaanite. As the Lord went along the shore there, he found Peter and John and those with them, and called them again after the catch of fish. They had earlier been disciples of John the Baptist.
Fragment 4
5, 12 >ἰδοὺ ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας< Ἱστορικῶς δέ μετὰ τὴν ἀποστολὴν τοῦ ὀρνιθίου πρῶτον >τὰ πλύνεται ὁ καθαρισθείς< εἶτα >πᾶσαν τρίχα ξυρᾶται<, λούεται ὔδατι>, μεθ’ ὃ ἐπιφέρεται τό· >καὶ καθαρὸς ἔσται<. τὰ >ἱμάτια< πολιτεία μὴ πάντῃ κακῶς ὑφασμένη, ἐπεὶ κἂν ἀπέθετο >τρίχες< δὲ τὰ ἐξανθήσαντα νεκρὰ τῇ φυχῇ, αἷς ἐναντίαιν αἱ τοῦ καὶ τῶν Ναζιραίων καὶ αἱ τῶν μαθητῶν · τῶν γὰρ Ναζι- ραίων >σίδηρος ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν οὐκ ἀναβαίνει<, πάντα ὅσα εὐοδούμενα πραττόντων, ὡς μηδὲ φύλλον αὐτῶν καρποφορούντων ἀποῤῥεῖν. Ἤδη δέ ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ὕδατι τὸν μολυσμὸν ἀποτίθεται, τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἐν τούτῳ δηλουμένου, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τῆς μὲν παρεμβολῆς ἄξιος γίνεται, εἰς δὲ τὸν ἴδιον οἶκον οὐκ εἴσεισιν ἕως ἡμερῶν , καὶ τοῦ πόλιν ξυρηθῆναι τὴν κεφαλήν, διὰ τὰ τῶν δογμάτων κεφαλαιωδέστερα, καὶ τὸν πώγωνα ἀποθέσθαι, τὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἁμαρτήματα, διὰ δὲ >τῶν ὁφρύων< ἐδήλωσεν
“Behold, a man full of leprosy.” In the literal account, after the sending away of the little bird, the one who was cleansed first “washes his clothes.” Then he “shaves off every hair” and bathes in water, and after this it is added, “and he will be clean.” The “clothes” are a way of life not altogether badly woven, since even if he put [it] off [...]. The “hairs” are the things that have sprouted up dead in the soul. Opposed to these are the hairs of [...] and of the Nazirites and of the disciples. For of the Nazirites it is said, “iron shall not come up on the head.” This means all they do prospers, so that not even a leaf falls from them as they bear fruit. Already he puts the defilement away from the body with water, which shows baptism. After this he becomes fit for the camp, but he does not go into his own house until [seven] days have passed. And as to the head being shaved [...], this is because of the more central points of doctrine. The putting away of the beard stands for the man’s sins. By the eyebrows he showed [...]
Fragment 5
5, 14 >παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν< Τὸ δέ τὸ στόμα κεκαλύφθαι δηλοῖ, ὅτι χρὴ ἑαυτὸν καταδικάζειν τῇ σιωπῇ, μέχρις ἂν ὑποστρέψας καθαρίσῃ ἑαυτόν· οὐκ ἄκαιρον δὲ χρήσασθαι τῷ ῥητῷ πρὸς τοὺς ἐνόχους ἁμαρτίαις καὶ περὶ τῶν θείων διδάσκειν προῃρημένους.
“He ordered him to tell no one.” The covering of the mouth shows that a man must condemn himself to silence until he has returned and cleansed himself. It is not out of place to apply this text to those who are guilty of sins and yet have set themselves to teach about divine things.
Fragment 6
5, 14 >προσένεγκε Περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου< Εἰ δὲ βούλει, ζῶντα χρῶτα τὸν λόγον λάμβανε, οὗ μὴ παρόντος τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁτιποτοῦν ἐὰν γένηται, ἀνέγκλητος ὁ ἁμαρτάνων, ἀλόγου φέρων κατάστασιν· εἰ δὲ παρείη λόγος, ὑπεύθυνος. Τί οὖν τὸ καθ’ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος γίνεσθαι τὴν ἁφὴν μήποτε τροπικῶς φρενίτιδας ἢ μελαγχολίας δηλοῖ ἢ τὴν ἐν τῇ βρεφῶν ἡλικίᾳ κατάστασιν; Μὴ βοηθοῦντος γὰρ τότε λόγου μηδὲ παρούσης αἰσθήσεως πᾶν τὸ πραχθὲν ἢ λεχθὲν οὐχ ἁμάρτημα, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτε πάρεστιν αἴσθησις. Λεκτέον δὲ καὶ οὕτως· κατὰ διττὸν τρόπον εὐαρεστοῦμεν θεῷ· εἰ γὰρ ζῶμεν θεῷ, μηδὲν ἔστω νεκρὸν ἐν ἡμῖν, εἰ ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, μηδέν αὐτῆς ἔστω ζῶν ἐν ἡμῖν· ζῶντες γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας παραιτώμεθα νέκρωσιν, ἀποθανόντες δὲ κόσμῳ μὴ πρὸς τὰ πάθη παλινδρομήσωμεν. Ἀποθνήσκομεν δέ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ νεκροῦντες τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς>· ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν αὐτῇ;> Μολυσμὸς ἄρα κἂν ἐπὶ σμικρὸν γένηται καὶ κατὰ νόμον ἀκάθαρτον, ὥσπερ καθαρὸν τὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τεθνάναι καθόλου· <μικρά>, γὰρ φησι, Λύμη ὅλον τὸ ζυμοῖ<. Τινὲς δὲ ἀκάθαρτον νεκρότητα τὴν ἀπὸ κακίας εἶπον διαθέσεως, οἶον ἐξ ἀκολασίας ἢ ἀδικίας, καθαρὰν δὲ τὴν μὴ διακρίνουσάν τι σωματικόν, ὁ μὴ κατὰ κακίαν γένηται· οὐ γόμον ἀλλόφυλον, εἰ μὴ ἐξ ἀσελγείας· οὐ βρῶμα, εἰ μὴ ἐξ ἀκρασίας· οὐκ ἐργασίαν σαββατικήν, εἰ μὴ τὴν ἐπὶ κέρδει. Κατὰ δέ τινας πόλιν τὸν ὁλόλεπρον ὁ νόμος καθαρίζει, δεικνὺς ὡς ὁ θεὸς τὸ ποικίλον μισεῖ· σαφέστερον δὲ προϊὼν τοῦτο δηλοῖ ἐν τῷ· >τὸν ἀμπελῶνα σου οὐ κατασπερεῖς καὶ ἱμάτιον ἐκ δύο ὑφασμένον κίβδηλον· καὶ τὰ κτήνη σου οὐ κατοχεύσεις ἑτεροζύγῳ>, πανταχοῦ προτιμῶν τὴν ἁπλότητα, ἥτις ἐν τῷ ὁλολέπρῳ θεωρεῖται.
“Bring for your cleansing.” If you like, take the “living flesh” to mean reason, the Word. When reason is not present in the soul, whatever happens, the one who sins is not to blame, since he is in the condition of a creature without reason. But if reason is present, he is accountable. Why, then, does the disease spreading over the whole body perhaps indicate, figuratively, frenzies or fits of melancholy, or the condition of infancy? For when reason gives no help and sense perception is not present, nothing done or said is sin. It is sin only when perception is present. We should also put it this way: we please God in two ways. If we live to God, let nothing in us be dead. If we have died to sin, let nothing of sin be alive in us. For while we live in him, let us refuse the deadness that comes from sin. Having died to the world, let us not run back to the passions. We die to sin by putting to death “the members that are on the earth.” “We died to sin; how shall we still live in it?” So defilement, even if it is slight, is also unclean according to the law, just as it is clean to be dead to sin altogether. For, he says, “a little [leaven] leavens the whole.” Some have called “unclean” the deadness that comes from a wicked disposition, such as licentiousness or injustice. They call “clean” what makes no [distinction] about anything bodily, provided it does not arise from wickedness. A foreign [marriage] is not unclean unless it comes from licentiousness. Food is not unclean unless it comes from lack of self-control. Work on the Sabbath is not unclean unless it is done for gain. According to some, [again], the law declares clean the man who is leprous all over. This shows that God hates what is mixed and variegated. As the law goes on it shows this more clearly: “You shall not sow your vineyard with two kinds of seed, and a garment woven from two materials is counterfeit; and you shall not breed your cattle with a different kind.” Everywhere it prefers simplicity, which can be seen in the man who is leprous all over.
Fragment 7
5, 27 >καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξῆλθεν καὶ ἐθεάσατο τελώνην< >Ἐξῆλθεν< οὖν, φησίν, >καὶ ἐθεάσατο τελώνην καλούμενον Λενΐν<· ἔστι δὲ οὗτος Ματθαῖος ὁ εὐαγγελιστής. Μᾶρκος μὲν καὶ Λουκᾶς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ κρύπτουσι τῇ προτέρᾳ προσηγορίᾳ, ὁ δὲ Ματθαῖος τὸ ἑαυτοῦ φανερὸν ποιεῖται ὄνομα λέγων· >ἐθεάσατο Ματθαῖον τὸν τελώνην<. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει, ἵνα ἡμεῖς, θαυμάσαντες τὴν τέχνην τοῦ ἰατρεύσαντος αὐτὸν θεοῦ, πιστεύωμεν εἰς αὐτὸν ἀκριέστατα.
“And after these things he went out and saw a tax collector.” “He went out,” it says, “and saw a tax collector called Levi.” This is Matthew the evangelist. Mark and Luke hide his name under his earlier title. Matthew, however, makes his own name plain, saying, “He saw Matthew the tax collector.” He says these things so that we, marveling at the skill of God who healed him, may believe in him with the greatest certainty.
Fragment 8
6, 21 >μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν, ὅτι γελάσετε< Γέλωτα ἐπαγγέλλεται τὸν ἀπὸ χαρᾶς καὶ ἱλαρότητος, ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἰώβ φησιν· >ἀληθινὸν στόμα ἐμπλήσει γέλωτος<· τάχα δὲ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ εἶς τῶν πατριαρχῶν >γέλως< λέγεται, τὴν θείαν ἱλαρότητα σημαίνοντος τοῦ ὀνόματος.
“Blessed are those who weep now, for you will laugh.” He promises the laughter that comes from joy and cheerfulness. So it says in Job, “He will fill a true mouth with laughter.” Perhaps for this reason one of the patriarchs is called “Laughter,” the name signifying divine cheerfulness.
Fragment 9
6, 43 >οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν< >Δένδρον ἄγαθὸν< τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, >δένδρον πονηρὸν< ὁ διάβολος καὶ οἱ ;ούτου ὑπηρέται. Ὁ οὖν ἔχων τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τοὺς τούτου Καρτοὺς ἐπιδιέκνυται, οὕς ἀπαριθμεῖται ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγων· >ὁ καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματός ἐστιν· ἀγάπη, χαρά, εἰρήνη, μακροθυμία, χρηστότης, ἀγαθωςύνη, Πίστις, πραότης, ἐγκράτεια<· ὁ δὲ δύναμιν ἀντικειμένην ἔχων >τῆς ἀτιμίας τὰ πάθη< >ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους<, καρποφορεῖ.
“For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit.” The “good tree” is the Holy Spirit. The “bad tree” is the devil and his servants. So the person who has the Holy Spirit displays the Spirit’s fruits, which the apostle lists when he says, “The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness, self-control.” But the person who has the opposing power bears “the passions of dishonor,” “thorns and thistles.”
Fragment 10
7, 37 >καὶ ἰδοὺ γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἁμαρτωλός< Ἡ μὲν οὖν τελειοτέρα ψυχή, καλῶς λατρεύσασα τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, παῤῥηςίαν ἔχει ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν ἐλθεῖντὴν κεφαλήν—>κεφαλὴ δὲ Χριστοῦ ὁ θεός<— ὤστε καταχέαι μύρον αὐτῆς καὶ εὐωδίαν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ θεοῦ περιοιῆσαι· δοξάζεται γὰρ ὁ θεὸς διὰ τῆς εὐωδίας τοῦ βίου τῶν δικαίων. Ἡ δὲ ἀτελεατέρα Γννῆ καὶ ψυχὴ περὶ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰ ταπεινότερα στρέφεται, ἦς ἐγγὺς ἐσμὲν ἡμεῖς· οὐδὲ γὰρ πόδας καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἡμῶν· ποῦ ἡμῶν τὰ δάκρυα, ποῦ ὁ κλαυθμός, ἵνα κὰν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ ἐλθεῖν δυνηθῶμεν; ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν γὰρ οὔπω δυνάμεθα φθάσαι τὴν κεφαλήν. Ἀγαπητὸν δὲ μετὰ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα φέρειν μετανοίας εὐωδίαν, ἵνα τις δυνηθῇ ἡ δευτέρα εἶναι, ἡ τοὺς πόδας ἀλείφουσα, ἀλλὰ μὴ τὴν κεφαλήν, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν ἡ μὴ ἁπτομένη τῶν τελεωτέρων καὶ ὑφηλοτέρων, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἄκρων καὶ τελευταίων.
“And behold, a woman who was a sinner in the city.” The more perfect soul has served the Word of God well. It has boldness to come to the very head. “The head of Christ is God.” So it can pour ointment on that head and surround the glory of God with fragrance. For God is glorified through the fragrance of the lives of the righteous. The less perfect woman, the less perfect soul, busies herself about the feet and the lowlier things, and we are close to her. [The text here is corrupt: it seems to say that we do not even reach the feet because of our sins.] Where are our tears? Where is our weeping, so that we might at least be able to come to the feet of Jesus? For we cannot yet reach the head itself. It is a welcome thing, after sins, to bring the fragrance of repentance, so that someone may be able to be the second woman, the one who anoints the feet and not the head. That is, she does not touch the more perfect and higher things, but the outermost and last.
Fragment 11
8, 16 >οὐδεὶς δὲ λύχνον ἄφας καλύπτει αὐτὸν σκεύει< Οὐ περὶ αἰσθητοῦ λύχνου, ἀλλὰ νοητοῦ ταῦτα λέγεται· οὐκ ἂν γὰρ Τοῦτον ἄφας τις καλύψαι σκεύει ἢ ὑποκάτω κλίνης θείη, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ λυχνίας. Εἴη δ᾿ ἄν σκεύη μὲν οἰκίας αί τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις· ίνη δὲ τὸ σῶμα· εἰσπορευόμενοι δὲ οἱ ἀκροαταὶ τοῦ μεταδιδόντος· Λυχνία δὲ τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, τόπος οὖσα τοῦ λόγου, ἤγουν τὸ στόμα, ἡνίκα Τις αὐτὸ ἀνοίξει λόγῳ θεοῦ—καθ᾿ ἑκάτερον γὰρ ὄψονται τὸ φῶς οἱ πρὸς Θεὺν τὴν εἴσοδον ποιηςάμενοι ἄνθρωποι—φῶς δὲ ἢν ἐφώτισεν ἑαυτῷ γνῶσιν. Ὅ γε μὴν βουλόμενος τὸν λύχνον ἐφαρμόζειν τοῖς τελειωτάτοις τῶν τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ μαθητῶν δυσωπήσει ἡμᾶς αὐὸ τῶν περὶ Ἰωάννου εἰρημένων, ὅτι >ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῳ νοῦν. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τό· >ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι< πρὸς πάντας εἴρηται Τοὺς μαθητὰς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. Οὐ δεῖ τοίνυν τὸν ἅφαντα λύχνον ἐν φυχῇ λογικὸν κρύπτειν αὐτόν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπιτιθέναι λυχνίᾳ, ἦς σύμβολον Μωὑσῆς >ἀπέθετο ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου<. Μοδίῳ μὲν γὰρ σιτομετρείσθωσαν ὑπὸ τοῦ >πιστοῦ καὶ φρονίμου οἰκέτου< οἱ σύνδουλοι, βλεπέτωσαν δὲ τὰς αὐγὰς τοῦ >πιστοῦ καὶ φρονίμου οἰκέτου< οἱ σύνδουλοι, βλεπέτωσαν δὲ τὰς αὐγὰς τοῦ λύγνου ἐπικειμένου τῆ λυχνία, ἤγουν τῆ εκκληςία, πάντες.
Luke 8:16: “No one who lights a lamp covers it with a vessel.” This is not said about a lamp you can see and touch, but about a lamp of the mind. No one who lit a physical lamp would cover it with a vessel or put it under a bed; he would put it on its lampstand. The “vessels” of the house could be the powers of the soul, and the “bed” the body. Those who come in are the hearers of the one who shares the word with them. The lampstand is the ruling part of the soul, since it is the place of speech, or rather the mouth, when someone opens it with the word of God. In either case, those who make their way in to God will see the light, and the light is the knowledge with which he has lit up himself. Someone who wants to apply the lamp to the most perfect of Jesus’ disciples will shame us with what was said about John, that “he was the lamp that burns” and shines. The lamp also stands for the mind in each person. Yet the saying, “Let your lamps be burning,” was spoken to all the disciples of Jesus. So a person must not hide the lamp that has been lit in a reasoning soul. He must set it on the lampstand, of which Moses’ lampstand, which he “placed in the tent of testimony,” was a symbol. Let fellow servants be measured out their grain by the “faithful and wise servant” with a measure, but let everyone see the rays of the lamp that sits on the lampstand, that is, on the church.
Ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ >ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην< τιθέασι τὸν λύχνον, ἔνθα τις ἀναπαύεται, οὐδὲ ἄλλου τινὸς >σκεύους ὑποκάτω<· τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ ποιῶν οὐ προνοεῖται Τῶν εἰσπορευομένων εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, οἷς δεῖ τίθεσθαι τὸν λύχνον. Οἱ τῷ >ἀληθινῷ φωτὶ< καὶ λόγῳ τῷ λαμπρῷ καὶ ταῖς ἀκτῖσι τῆς σοφίας ἀνάνάπτοντες Τὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς νοῦν, φύσιν ἔχοντα, καθ᾿ ἥν κατεσκεύασεν αὐτὸν ὁ Δημιουργός, λύχνου δέονται τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου καὶ σοφίας καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς ἀνάψεως. Καὶ νομιστέον τὴν >ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι< ἐντολὴν πληροῦσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν προνοουμένων ἔγειν ἐν τῆ φυχῆ τὸν νοῦν διορατικώτατον καὶ μετέχοντα τοῦ εἰπόντος· >ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα<. Οἱ γὰρ καίοντες τὸν λύχνον καὶ τιθέντες ἐπί τὴν λθχνίαν, ἵνα λἀμπῃ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰχίᾳ, προτρέψονται καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ βλέποντας τὴν τοῦ λύχνου λαμπρότητα καὶ αὐτοῦς καίειν τὴν ἑαυτῶν λυχνίαν.
Nor do people put the lamp “under the bed,” where someone lies down to rest, nor “under” any other “vessel.” Whoever does that has no thought for those who come into the house, for whom the lamp has to be set. Those who kindle the mind within them with the “true light,” with the shining word, and with the rays of wisdom, have a mind with the nature the Creator gave it. Such a mind needs a lamp, that is, to be kindled from the Word, from wisdom, and from the truth of the true light. We should hold that the command “Let your lamps be burning” is fulfilled by those who take care to keep in the soul a mind of sharp sight, one that shares in the One who said, “I have come as a light into the world.” For those who burn the lamp and set it on the lampstand to shine for everyone in the house will also urge those in the house, as they see the brightness of the lamp, to light their own lampstand too.
Fragment 12
Τάχα δὲ >λύχνον< ἑαυτὸν καλεῖ ὁ κύριος, πᾶσι λάμποντα τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ οἰκονομίαν γενόμενος, οἶα δὴ φῶς κατ᾿ οὐσίαν λύχνου δίκην ἀπεριγράφως διὰ μέσης φυχῆς ὡς διὰ θρυαλλίδος πῦρ τῷ τῆς σαρκός ὁστράκῳ κρατόυμενος. >Λυχνίαν< δὲ ὀνομάζει τὴν ἁγίαν ἐκκληςίαν, ἐφ᾿ ἦς Τῶ κηρύγματι λάμπων ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος πάντας τοὺς ἐν τῷδε τῷ κόσμῳ ὡς ἐν οἰκίᾳ τινι τυγχάνοντας καταφωτέζει ταῖς ἀκτῖσι τῆς ἀληθείας, τὰς πάντων διανοίας θείας πληρῶν ἐπιγνώσεως. >Μόδιον< δὲ συμβολικὼς κέκληκε τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ τὴν σωματικὴν τοῦ νόμου λατρείαν τῶν πάλαι ἐν τῷ γράμματι συμβόλων, παντελῶς ἀδιάγνωστον ἔχουσαν τὸ φῶς τῆς ἐν νοήμασιν ἀληθοῦς ἐπιγνώσεως· ὑφ’ ὃν μόδιον κρατεῖσθαι ὁ λόγος οὐ βούλεται, τῷ ὕφει ἐπικεῖσθαι θέλων καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τοῦ κάλλους τῆς ἐκκλησίας.
Perhaps the Lord calls himself the “lamp.” By becoming part of the divine plan of salvation he shines on everyone in the house. He is light by his very being, and like a lamp he is held, without being limited, in the clay vessel of the flesh, with the soul in the middle like a wick through which the fire burns. He names the holy church the “lampstand.” On it the Word of God shines through the preaching and floods with the rays of truth all who live in this world as in a house, filling everyone’s mind with divine knowledge. He has used the “measuring bowl” as a symbol of the synagogue of the Jews and the bodily worship of the law, the symbols of old in the letter. This worship has no knowledge at all of the light of true understanding in the mind. The Word does not want to be held down under that measure. He wants to be set on high, on the greatness of the church’s beauty.
Fragment 13
[Ὅ γε μὴν βουλόμενος τὸν λύχνον ἐφαρμόζειν τοῖς . . . τῆς ἐκκλησίας.] Πάντας γὰρ ἂν τῷ γράμματι τοῦ γόμου καθάπερ μοδίῳ κρατούμενος ἐστέρησε φωτὸς ἀϊδίου, μὴ διδοὺς θεωρίαν πνευματικὴν τοῖς τὴν αἴσθησιν ὡς ἀπατηλὴν ἐκδύσασθαι σπεύδουσιν. >Ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τίθεται<· λέγς δὲ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἤγουν τὴν ἐν πνεύματι λογικὴν λα- τρείαν, ἵνα πάντας φωτίσῃ, διδάσκων τοὺς ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ λόγῳ ζῆν μόνῳ καὶ πολιτεύεσθαι. Μὴ τοίνυν τὸν θεῖον λύχνον, ἤγουν τὸν φωτιστικὸν λόγον, ἀνάπτοντες διὰ θεωρίας καὶ πράξεως ὑπὸ μόδιον θήσωμεν, ἵνα μὴ κατακριθῶμεν ὡς περιγράφοντες τῷ γράμματι τὴν τῆς σοφίας ἀπερίληπτον δύναμιν· >ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν< φημὶ τὴν ἁγίαν ἐκκλησίαν ἐν τῷ ὕφει τῆς ἀληθοῦς θεωρίας, πᾶσι τὸ φῶς τῶν θείων δογμάτων πυρσεύουσαν. [Ἀλλὰ περὶ τούτων καὶ ἐν τῷ Ματθαίῳ εἴρηται· διὸ καὶ Περιττὸν ἐνταῦθα μηκύνειν.]
Anyone held by the letter of the law, as under a measuring bowl, would have been deprived of everlasting light. He would give no spiritual understanding to those who hurry to strip off the senses as deceptive. “But he is put on the lampstand.” He means the church, that is, the reasoning worship in the Spirit, so that he may give light to all and teach those in the whole world to live and conduct themselves by the Word alone. So let us not light the divine lamp, the Word who gives light, through contemplation and action, and then put it under the measure. Otherwise we will be condemned for confining by the letter the boundless power of wisdom. Rather, I say, let us put it “on the lampstand,” the holy church, on the height of true contemplation, which sets the light of the divine teachings blazing for all. [But these things were also discussed in Matthew, so it is unnecessary to go on at length here.]
Fragment 14
8, 39 >ὑπόστρεφε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου< Πέμπει αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ· οὐ γὰρ τοσοῦτον μέτρον δυνάμεως εἶεν δ᾿ ἄν τινες τοῦ τοιούτου ἀκροαταὶ καὶ μαθηταί, πλείονα μὲν οὐ τὴν Ἰησοῦ παρουσίαν οὐ χωρούντων οὐδὲ ἧττον προενοήσατο τῆς χωρήσαντος, ἐξ ὀλίγων δὲ ὧν εἴληφε κηρύσσοντος. Ἀναφέροις δ’ ἂν τὸν λόγον καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνθρώπου φύσιν τοῦ ἔξω Ἰσραήλ, δι᾿ ὃν καταπλεῖ Ἰησοῦς ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν τῶν Γεργεσηνῶν καὶ πρὸς ὃν ἔξεισιν Ἰησοῦς ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. >Ἱμάτιον< δέ, φησίν, >οὐκ ἐνεδιδύσκετο< ὁ ἄνθρωπος – οὐκ ἐνεδύσατο γὰρ τὸ καλύπτον αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην — >καὶ ἐν οἴκῳ οὐκ ἔμενεν< — οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὡς Ἰακὼβ >ἄνθρωπος ἄπλαστος οἰκῶν οἰκίαν<· διὸ καὶ τοῦτον >αὐτὸν ἀπέλυσε λέγων· ὑπόστρεφε εἰς τὸν σου<· καὶ >ἐν τοῖς μνήμασιν ἔμενεν< οὐ μετὰ τῶν ζώντων, μετὰ νεκρῶν δέ. >Ἧν δέ<, φησίν, >ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὅρει<· μήποτε δὲ χοῖροι οὐ βόσκονται ἐν τῷ ὄρει, πῶς οὖν >κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ ὥρμησεν ἡ ἀγέλη<; Μήποτε οὖν οἱ φιλήδονοι καὶ γαστρὶ καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ γαστέρα φίλοι, ὅπου τὰ μνημεῖα, καὶ πλησίον τοῦ λεγεῶνος τῶν δαιμόνων βόσκονται; Ἀγαθότητι δὲ Ἰησοῦς τὴν ζωὴν τῶν χοίρων ἀφανίζει ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ τῶν φιληδόνων καὶ φιλοσωμάτων κακῶν ἐμποδίζει τῇ ἀναπνοῇ διὰ δαιμόνων. Τάχα καὶ σωφρονεῖ ὁ τοιοῦτος· εἴ τις δὲ σωφρονεῖ, παρὰ τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ ἀρχόμενος σωφρονεῖν >παρὰ τοὺς πόδας< αὐτοῦ.
8:39 “Return to your house.” He sends him to his own house. [The Greek here is damaged. It seems to say: for he did not have so great a measure of power.] There may be some who become hearers and disciples of such a man. Those who cannot take in the presence of Jesus any more fully he cared for no less than the one who could, since [that man] proclaims from the few things he has received. You could also apply the account to the nature of the man outside Israel. For his sake Jesus sails across to the country of the Gergesenes, and to meet him Jesus comes out onto the land. “He did not put on a garment,” it says. The man had not put on what covers his shame. “And he did not stay in a house,” for he was not, like Jacob, “a plain man living in a house.” So Jesus sent him away, saying, “Return to your [house].” “And he lived in the tombs,” not among the living but among the dead. “Now there was,” it says, “a herd of many pigs feeding on the mountain.” But perhaps pigs do not feed on a mountain. How then did “the herd rush down the cliff”? Perhaps, then, those who love pleasure, friends of the belly and of what lies below the belly, feed where the tombs are, near the legion of demons. In his goodness Jesus destroys the life of the pigs in the water. Through the demons he cuts off the breath of those wicked lovers of pleasure and of the body. Perhaps such a man even becomes self-controlled. If anyone is self-controlled, he is with Jesus. But the one who is only beginning to be self-controlled is “at his feet.”
Fragment 15
8, 41 >καὶ ἰδοὺ ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰάειρος< Πλὴν ἀλλὰ τοιαύτη μέν ἡ τοῦ θαύματος ἱστορία, χρὴ δὲ ἴσως καὶ ἰσχνότερον αὐτὴν θεωρῆσαι καὶ ὑψηλότερον. Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἁπλούστεροι καὶ ἀκεραιότεροι θαυμαζέτωσαν τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα· οἰκοδομεῖ γὰρ καὶ σωματικῶς νοούμενα. Οἱ δὲ δυνάμενοι διαβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸ βλέπειν, ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα τυπικῶς συνέβαινεν ἐκείνοις, ἐγράφη δὲ δι’ , εὐξάμενοι τῷ θεῷ αἰτήσο)μεν λόγον ἐλθεῖν τὸν σαφηνίζοντα καὶ ταῦτα, πῶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τὴν ἀρχισυναγώγου θυγατέρα προηγουμένως ἀπῇει, οὐ πρὸς τὴν αἱμοῤῥοοῦσαν καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ αὐτῷ ἀπαντῶσαν, καὶ ὅτι προηγουμένως ἀπιόντος αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἐκείνην πρώτη αὕτη θεραπεύεται. Ἦλθε γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ προηγουμένως μὲν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου θυγατέρα, τὴν τοῖν Ἰουδαίων συναγωγήν, καὶ εὗρεν αὐτὴν νοσοῦσαν καὶ ἀποθανοῦσαν· τὰ γὰρ παραπτώματα τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ πεποίηκεν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν. Ἡ δέ αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα, ἡ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἡ ἀκαθαρσίας πεπληρωμένη, ἡ ῥέουσα >οὐκ ἐν καιρῷ ἀφέδρου< ἀλλ᾿ ἀεὶ αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα καὶ νοσοῦσα τὴν φοινικῆν ἁμαρτίαν, ἡ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησία, αὕτη πρὸ ἐκείνης πιστεύει τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ. Καὶ ἐκεῖ μέν οὗτος ἀπέρχεται, αὕτη δέ ἀκολουθοῦσα κἂν >κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ< ἅψασθαι θέλει. Ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς, ὃ μὴ εἶπε Ματθαῖος, προσέθηκεν, ὅτι δωδεκαετὴς ἦν ἡ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου θυγάτηρ καὶ ἡ αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη εἶχεν αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα· οὐκοῦν ἅμα τῇ γενέσει ἐκείνης αὕτη αἱμοῤῥοεῖ.
8:41 “And behold, a man came whose name was Jairus.” Such is the history of the miracle. But perhaps we should also look at it more closely and at a higher level. Let the simpler and more guileless people marvel at these great works of God, for they build up faith even when understood in a bodily way. But there are those who can cross over to seeing that these things happened to those people as types, and that they were written for [our sake; the text is incomplete here]. Let us pray to God and ask that a word come to make these things clear as well. How was it that Jesus was going first of all to the daughter of the synagogue ruler, and not to the woman with the flow of blood who met him on the road? And how was it that, though he was going first of all to the girl, this woman was healed first? For the Son of God came first of all to the daughter of the synagogue ruler, the synagogue of the Jews, and found her sick and dead. The transgressions of Israel made her die. But the woman with the flow of blood, the one on the road, full of uncleanness, flowing “not at the time of her monthly separation” but bleeding always and sick with the blood-red sin, is the church from the nations. She believes in the Son of God before that other one does. He goes off to the girl, but the woman follows him and wants to touch at least “the fringe of his garment.” Luke added something Matthew did not say: that the synagogue ruler’s daughter was twelve years old, and that the woman had been bleeding for twelve years. So she began to bleed at the same time that the girl was born.
Ἐν ἀπειθείᾳ γάρ ἐστιν ἐκείνη, ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ἡ συναγωγή, καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ὅρος τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ τέλους ἐκείνης καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐστίν. Δώδεκα γὰρ ἐτῶν ἐκείνη ἀποθνήσκει, καὶ δώδεκα ἐτῶν τοῦ πάθους αὕτη πιστεύσασα θεραπεύεται, >ἥτις οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ὑπ᾿< τῶν ἰατρῶν >θεραπευθῆναι<· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἰατροὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ὑπέσχοντο θεραπεῦσαι. Ἐὰν ἴδῃς τοὺς φιλοσοφοῦντας ἐπαγγελλομένους ἀλήθειαν, ἰατροί εἰσι θεραπεῦσαι πειρώμενοι. Ἀλλ᾿ αὕτη δαπανήσασα τὰ παρ᾿ ἑαυτῆς πάντα >οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ὑπ᾿ οὐδενὸς< τῶν ἰατρῶν >θεραπευθῆναι<· ἁψαμένη δὲ τοῦ κρασπέδου Ἰησοῦ τοῦ μόνου ψυχῶν καὶ σωμάτων ἰατροῦ, διὰ τῆς ἐμπύρου καὶ θερμῆς πίστεως ἰάθη παραχρῆμα. Ἐὰν ἴδωμων τὴν πίστιν ἡμῶν τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ νοήσωμεν, πηλίκος ἐστὶν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τίνος ἡψάμεθα αὐτοῦ, ὀψόμεθα, ὅτι πρὸς σύγκρισιν τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ κρασπέδων κρασπέδου ἡψάμεθα. Ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως τὸ κράσπεδον θεραπεύει ἡμᾶς καὶ ποιεῖ ἡμᾶς ἀκούειν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰνσοῦ· >θύγατερ, ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέ σε<· καὶ ἐὰν θεραπευθῶμεν, καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ ἀναστήσεται τοῦ ἀρχισυνγώγου· >ὅταν<, γάρ φησι, >τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ, τότε πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται<.
For the girl is in unbelief for as long as the synagogue lives. The same limit of time marks the end of that one and the beginning of this woman’s salvation. The girl dies at twelve years. And after twelve years of suffering, this woman believes and is healed, she who “could not be healed by” the physicians. For many physicians promised to heal those from the nations. If you see those who practice philosophy and profess to teach truth, they are physicians trying to heal. But she spent everything she had, and “she could not be healed by any” of the physicians. Then she touched the fringe of Jesus, the only physician of souls and bodies, and through her fiery, burning faith she was healed at once. If we look at our faith in Christ Jesus and understand how great the Son of God is, and whom we have touched, we will see that, compared with the fringes that are in him, we have touched only a fringe. Even so, the fringe heals us and makes us hear from Jesus, “Daughter, your faith has saved you.” And if we are healed, the daughter of the synagogue ruler will also rise. For, he says, “When the fullness of the nations has come in, then all Israel will be saved.”
Fragment 16
8, 45 >καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς· τίς ὁ ἁφάμενός μου;< Καὶ οἱ μὲν μαθηταὶ ἐφηλάφησαν αὐτόν, ἡ δὲ αἱμοῤῤοοῦσα οὐκ αὐτοῦ—οὐ γὰρ ἐτόλμα—, ἀλλὰ τοῦ κρασπέδου δι᾿ εὐλάβειαν.
8:45 “And Jesus said, ‘Who touched me?’” The disciples pressed against him and handled him. But the woman with the flow of blood did not touch him, for she did not dare. Out of reverence she touched only the fringe.
Fragment 17
8, 47 >ἀπήγγειλεν ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ, ὡς ἰάθη< Πρότερον μὲν οὐκ ἐτόλμα δι᾿ εὐλάβειαν ἄντικρυς ἀπαντᾷν καὶ περὶ Θεραπείας ἀξιοῦν, ζητουμένη δὲ ἀπαντᾷ πρεπόντως, ἔμφοβός τε καὶ Εὐλαβὴς καὶ τὸ σέβας ἁρμόττον προσφέρουσα· καὶ τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἰάσεως εἰς ἐμφανὲς πᾶσι ποιεῖται, οὐ τῷ πάντα εἰδότι, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν, >ὅτι ἔγνω τῷ σώματι, ὅτι ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος<. Μάστιξ γὰρ ἦν ἡ αἱμόῤῥοια· οὕτως ἐρεῖς καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάθη τὰ σωματικὰ μάστιγας εἶναι θεοῦ, διὰ τῶν τοιούτων τοὺς ἀξίους τῆς ἑαυτοῦ παιδείας μαστιγοῦντος· >μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱόν, ὅν παραδέχεται<. Διὸ ἔλεγε τῷ παραλυτικῳ, Καὶ αὐτὸν μάστιγος ἀπολύσας· >ἵδε ὑγιὴς γέγονας, μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε, ἴνα μὴ χεῖρόν τι σοι γένηται<· κἀνταῦθα δέ, ἣν ἐκ τῆς ἐαφῆς ἔλαβεν ἡ γυνὴ θεραπείαν, ταύτην καὶ διὰ τοῦ λόγου ἐβεβαίωσεν ὁ σωτὴρ εἰπών· >πορεύου εἰς εἰρήμην· καὶ ἴσθι ὑγιὴς ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγός σου<. Καὶ ὑγίαινε πρῶτον τῇ πίστει τὴν ψυχήν, εἶτα δὲ καὶ τὸ σῶμα.
“She reported before all the people how she was healed.” Before this she did not dare, out of reverence, to meet him face to face and ask for healing. But now that she is sought out, she comes forward as she should, fearful and reverent, and showing the respect that fits the moment. She makes her confession of healing plain to everyone. She does not make it for the one who knows all things, but for those who did not know. “She knew in her body that she was healed of the scourge.” For the bleeding was a scourge. In the same way you may say that other bodily sufferings are scourges of God, since through them he scourges those who are worthy of his discipline: “He scourges every son whom he receives.” So he also said to the paralytic, whom he likewise released from a scourge, “See, you have become well; sin no more, so that nothing worse happens to you.” Here too the healing the woman received through touching, the Savior confirmed by his word when he said, “Go in peace, and be well of your scourge.” And may she be made well first in her soul by faith, and then in her body also.
Fragment 18
9, 2 >ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ< Ἇρα πρὸ τούτων πέμπων τοὺς δώδεκα εἰς τὸ κηρύσσειν ἐκώλυσεν ὁμολογεῖν αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν Χριστόν; Ἔστιν οὖν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι κατηχῆσαι πρότερον ἀμαυρότερον ἐθέλησε τοὺς παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἀκουσομένους τὸ Χριστοῦ ὅνομα, εἶτ᾿ ἐᾶσαι τοῦτο οἱονεὶ πεφθῆναι ἐν ταῖς δυνάμενσι Τῶν ἀκουςάντων, ἵνα σιωπῆς γενομένης τοῦ τὸ τοιοῦτον περὶ αὐτοῦ Κηρύσσεσθαι εὐκαιρότερον ἐποικοδομηθῇ τοῖς προκατηχηθεῖσιν Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ἐσταυρωμένος καὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγηγερμένος, ἅπερ ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς Οὐδὲ αὐτοὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ᾔδεισαν. Διό φησιν· >ἀπὸ τότε ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς δεικνύειν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν πολλὰ παθεῖν<, ἀποθανεῖν τε καὶ ἀναστῆναι· Οὕτως εἰ καὶ κατηγγέλλετο, οὐ τρανοῦσι τὰ κατὰ αὐτόν. Διὸ νῦν σιγῆσαι τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ κελεύει, ἐπιτηδειοτέρῳ καιρῷ τηροῦντας τὴν τελειοτέραν περὶ αὐτοῦ διδασκαλίαν, ὅτε ἠδύναντο τοῖς τοῖς αὐτὸν σταυρούμενον μαρτυρῆσαι περὶ τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν αὐτοῦ ἀναστάσεως οἱ ἑωρακότες αὐτὸν ἀναστάντα μαθηταί.
“He sent them out to proclaim the kingdom of God.” Was it, then, before this, when he sent out the twelve to proclaim, that he forbade them to confess that he was the Christ? One may say that he wanted first to instruct, in a rather dim way, those who would hear the name of Christ from the apostles. Then he wanted to let it be, so to speak, digested in the minds of those who heard. So there would be silence about proclaiming such a thing concerning him, and at a more fitting time Jesus Christ, crucified and raised from the dead, would be built up in those who had been instructed beforehand. In the beginning not even the apostles themselves knew these things. So it says: “From that time Jesus began to show them that he must suffer many things,” and die and rise again. If he had been proclaimed in this way earlier, the things about him would not have been made clear. So for now he commands them to be silent about him. He is keeping the more complete teaching about him for a more suitable time, when the disciples who had seen him risen could bear witness, to those who had seen him crucified, of his resurrection from the dead.
Fragment 19
9, 2 >κηρύσσειν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἰᾶσθαι< Ἔστι τις ἁμαρτία ψυχῆς θάνατος, ἣν ὁ Ἰωάννης >ἁμαρτίαν πρὸς θάνατον< λέγει· καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία ψυχῆς ἀσθένεια· καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία ψυχῆς ζημία, ὡς ἐνταῦθα εἴρηται τὸ >ζημιωθείς<, καὶ παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ τό· >εἴτινος τὸ ἔργον κατακαήσεται, ζημιωθήσεται< [Ταῦτα Ὠριγένης εἰπὼν τὴν διαφορὰν οὐ προσέθηκεν.]
“To proclaim the kingdom of God and to heal.” There is a sin of the soul that is death, which John calls “a sin leading to death.” There is a sin of the soul that is sickness. And there is a sin of the soul that is loss, as the word “having suffered loss” is used here, and in the apostle: “If anyone’s work is burned up, he will suffer loss.” [Origen said this but did not add the distinction between them.]
Fragment 20
9, 28 >ἐγένετο δὲ μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ὡσεὶ ἡμέραι ὀκτώ< >Ἐγένετο δὲ μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ὡσεὶ ἡμέραι ὀκτώ<· Ματθαῖος μὲν >ἓξ< λέγει, μήτε τὴν ἡμέραν ἐν ᾗ ἐλέχθη, μήτε τὴν ἐν ᾗ μετεβλήθη ψηφίσας, ἀλλὰ μόνας τὰς ἓξ τὰς μέσας· οὗτος δὲ ὅλας συνῆψεν.
“It happened, after these words, about eight days later.” Matthew says “six,” counting neither the day on which the words were spoken nor the day on which he was transfigured, but only the six days in between. Luke, however, joined them on as whole days.
Fragment 21
Ζητήσωμεν πῶς ὁ μὲν Λουκᾶς φησιν· >ἐγένοντο δὲ μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ὡσεὶ ἡμέραι ὀκτώ<, ὁ δὲ Μᾶρκος· >ὡσεὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἕξ<. Ὅσον ἐπὶ τῷ ῥητῷ τῷ· >ἐγένοντο ὡσεὶ ἡμέραι ὀκτώ<, ὁ Λουκᾶς μετρεῖ καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν, [καὶ] ἐν ᾗ γίνεται, Μᾶρκος δὲ μετρεῖ τὰς μέσας μόνας, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι διαφωνία πρὸς τὸ ῥητόν· ἀλλ᾿ εἴποιμι ἂν ἀνάγων τὸν λόγον, ὅτι οὐκ εἰκῇ, ὃ ἐπηγγείλατο ὁ σωτήρ, οὐκ εὐθέως, ἀλλὰ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ πεποίηκεν. Σύμβολον δὲ αἱ ἓξ ἡμέραι τῆς κοσμοποιΐας, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν μετὰ τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον. Τότε γὰρ ἀναβιβάζει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ ὑψηλόν, ἐὰν ᾖ τις Πέτρος ἢ Ἰάκωβος ἢ Ἰωάννης· ἄλλος γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἀναβαίνει παρὰ τοὺς τρεῖς, ἵνα ἴδῃ τὴν μεταμόρφωσιν Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοὺς ὀφθέντας ἐν δόξῃ Μωϋσῆν καὶ Ἡλίαν.
Let us ask how Luke says, “It happened after these words, about eight days,” while Mark says, “after about six days.” As far as the wording “about eight days later” goes, Luke counts this day as well, the one on which it happens, while Mark counts only the days in between. So there is no disagreement as to the wording. But carrying the argument to a higher level, I would say that it was not for nothing that the Savior did what he had promised, not at once but after six days. The six days are a symbol of the making of the world, that is, they mean after this world. For then Jesus takes up into the high mountain whoever is a Peter or a James or a John. No one else goes up except the three, so that he may see the transfiguration of Jesus, and Moses and Elijah, who appeared in glory.
Fragment 22
9, 28 >παραλαβὼν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωόννην καὶ Ἰόκωβον ̓νέβη< [Ἡ ἐν τῷ ὄρει μeταμόρφωσις παραδειχθεῖσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς τῆς μελλούσης τοῦ σωτῆρος δόξης ὑπόδειγμα ἐδήλου· καὶ σωματικῶς ἐπεδείκνυτο πρὸς τὸ καὶ τοῖς θνητοῖς αὐτῶν εἰς θέαν ὑποπεσεῖν ὀφθαλμοῖς, εἰ καὶ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν οὐκ ἤνεγκαν τῆς λαμπρότητος καὶ] οὕτως ἄκρατον καὶ οὐ φορητὴν οὖσαν τοῖς ἡμετέροις ὄμμασιν· ὅτι δὲ ἡ τῇ οὐσίᾳ τῇ θείᾳ πρέπουσα δόξα πάσῃ γενητῇ φύσει ἀθέατός ἐστι καὶ ἀπρόσιτος, ἔδειξαν οἱ μαθηταὶ μηδὲ ταύτην αὐτὴν τὴν παραδειχθεῖσαν αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους σωματιχὴν ὄψιν δυνηθέντες ἐνεγκεῖν, ἀλλὰ καταπεσόντες εἰς γῆν· τότε δέ τις ὁρᾷ τὸν λόγον μεταμορφοπύμενον ἐνδόξως, ὅτε συνάνεισί τε αὐτῷ καὶ συνυψοῦται καὶ ὁρᾷ αὐτὸν ὡς αὐτολόγον καὶ ὡς ἀρχιερέα κοινολογούμενον καὶ εὐχόμενον τῷ πατρί. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὔπω τελείως τὸ σῶμα εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν ἀμετάθετον ἀγαγὼν ἦν, ὤφθη μετὰ τῶν φθαρτῶν ἱματίων λάμψας σὺν αὐτοῖς· ὅταν γὰρ ἀναστῶσιν οἱ δίκαιοι ἐν δόξῃ ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ Χριστοῦ παρουσίᾳ, οὐ μέλλουσιν ἔχειν ἱμάτια αἰσθητά, ἀλλὰ λαμπραί τινες περιβολαὶ περιβληθήσονται αὐτοῖς. Ὡς δὲ τὸ τούτων εἶδος οὐκ ἐγένετο ἕτερον παρὰ τὸ τῆς μεταμορφώσεως, οὕτως ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει πολλῷ ἐνδοξότερον τὸ περὶ τοὺς ἁγίους εἶδος ἔσται, παρ᾿ ὅ εἶχον ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ, οὐχ ἕτερον δέ. Οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἰησῦν ἐνδόξως ὤφθησαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς· Μωῦσῆς μὲν τοῦ νόμου τὸ πρόσωπον δηλῶν, Ἡλέας δὲ τῶν προφητῶν· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἦν ὁ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν κύριος. Ὁ τοίνυν νοήσας τὸν πνευματικὸν νόμον καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις >ἐν μυστηρίῳ ἀποκεκρυμμένην σοφίαν< ὁρᾷ Μωϋσῆν καὶ Ἡλίαν ἐν δόξῃ.

⚑ Possible scanning error in the digital Greek (μeταμόρφωσις). Check it against the printed edition.

“He took Peter, John and James and went up.” The transfiguration on the mountain was shown to the disciples as a preview of the glory the Savior would have in the future. It was shown in bodily form, so that it could fall within the sight of their mortal eyes, even though they could not bear the excess of its brightness, [a brightness] so unmixed and unbearable to our eyes. The glory that belongs to the divine being is unseen and unapproachable by every created nature. The disciples proved this: they could not even endure this bodily appearance shown to them on the mountain, but fell to the ground. A person sees the Word transfigured in glory when he goes up with him, is lifted up with him, and sees him as the very Word himself and as high priest, conversing and praying to the Father. But since he had not yet brought his body completely to an incorruption that could not be changed, he was seen shining along with his perishable garments. For when the righteous rise in glory at Christ’s second coming, they will not have perceptible garments, but certain radiant robes will be put around them. Just as the appearance of those garments was not different from that of the transfiguration, so in the resurrection the appearance of the saints will be far more glorious than what they had in this life, though not a different one. Those with Jesus were seen in glory by the disciples: Moses, showing the face of the law, and Elijah, that of the prophets; for he himself was the Lord of the law and the prophets. So the person who has understood the spiritual law, and the wisdom “hidden in a mystery” in the prophets, sees Moses and Elijah in glory.
Fragment 23
9, 30 >καὶ ἐδοὺ ἄνδγρσ δύο συνελάλουν αὐτῲ < Καὶ συνομιλοῦσιν ἀλλήλοις, ὅ ἐστι σύμφωνα ἐαυτοῖς λαλοῦσι· τοὺς ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ δὲ δυνῆψε τοῖς ᾶποστόλοις παραδεικνύς, ὅτι ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ παρουσίᾳ Χριστοῦ πάντες συναφθήσονται οἱ δίκαιοι.
“And behold, two men were talking with him.” They converse with one another, that is, they speak in agreement with each other. He joined those of the old covenant to the apostles, showing that at Christ’s second coming all the righteous will be joined together.
Fragment 24
9, 33 >ἐπίστατα, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι< Ἀχούσας, ὅτι μέλλει παθεῖν ὁ Χριστός, καὶ νομίσας καιρὸν εὑρεῖν τοῦ εἰπεῖν, ἅ οὐκ ἤθελε γενέσθαι, ᾔτει τὸν κύριον ἄνω μεῖναι ἐν τῷ ὄρει διηνεκῶς, ἶνα μὴ κατελθόντα εὕρωσιν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ ἀποκτείνωσιν, ἀγνοῶν τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πάθους καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως μέλλοντα ἔσεσθαι πᾶσιν ἀγαθά. >Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος ωεφέλη ἐπεσκίασεν ὐτούς<, τὸ περίεργον διακόπτουσα τοῦ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν τὴν ἑαυτῶν ζητεῖν τι, καὶ διὰ τούτου προδιατυπῶν, ὅτι μέλλουσι πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι οἱ πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας καὶ οἱ μετὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν ἅμα γενέσθαι, καὶ ὅτι εἰς τὰς αὐτὰς σκηνὰς ἀνάγουσι νόμος καὶ προφῆται καὶ εὐαγγέλιον, τρεῖς μὲν ἀριθμούμεναι, πρὸς ἐν δὲ τέλος ὁρῶσαι, Λ·αὶ ὅτι ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει μέλλουσιν >ἁπαγῆναι ἐν νεφέλαις< οἱ ἅγιοι >εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ κυρίου καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ εἶναι< διηνεκῶς.
“Master, it is good for us to be here.” Peter had heard that Christ was going to suffer, and he thought he had found an opportunity to say what he did not want to happen. So he asked the Lord to stay up on the mountain permanently, so that the Jews would not find him when he came down and kill him. He did not know that all good things were going to come from the suffering and the resurrection. “While he was saying these things, a cloud overshadowed them.” The cloud cut short his meddling, his seeking something beyond his own capacity. By this it also gave an advance picture that all the saints, those before his coming and those after it, will be together. It also showed that law, prophets and gospel lead into the same tents. They are counted as three, but look toward one end. And it showed that in the resurrection the saints will be “caught up in clouds to meet the Lord, and to be with him” forever.
Fragment 25
9, 36 >καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν καὶ οὐδενὶ < Οὐδὲ βούλεται Ἰησοῦς λεχθῆναι τὰ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ πρὸ τῆς μετὰ τὸ πάθος αὐτοῦ· αὐτοῦ· ἐβλάβησαν γὰρ ἄν οἱ ἀχούοντες καὶ μάλιστα οἱ ὄχλοι τὸν οὕτω δεδοξασμένον δεωροῦντες σταυρούμενον. Οὐ τοίνυν φθονήσαντες ἔκρυψαν, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς φοβθέντες, μὴ ἀπιστηθῶσι. Φησὶ γὰρ ὁ Λουκᾶς· >καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις οὐδέν ὧν ἑωρακασιν<. Πότε οὖν >ἀπήγγειλαν< Μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν, μετὰ τὴν τοῦ πνεύματος παρουσίαν· τότε τότε γὰρ ἐπλήσθησαν παῤῥησίας καὶ Πνεύματος πατηξιώθησαν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν σημείων εἶχον φωνὴν συνηγοροῦσαν αὐτοῖς, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἔλεγον λοιπὸν εὐπαράδεκτα ἦν.
“And they themselves kept silent and told no one.” Jesus did not want the things of his glory to be told before the glory that comes after his suffering. The hearers would have been harmed, especially the crowds, seeing someone so glorified being crucified. So the disciples did not hide it out of envy, but out of fear that they would not be believed. Luke says, “And they themselves kept silent and told no one in those days anything of what they had seen.” When, then, did they tell? After the ascension, after the coming of the Spirit. For then they were filled with boldness and counted worthy of the Spirit. They had the voice of the signs speaking in their defense, and from then on everything they said was readily accepted.
Fragment 26
9, 45 >οἱ δὲ ἠγνόουν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο< Τοῦτο τοίνυν φησίν· εὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος οὐ νοεῖτε τοὺς λόγους τούτους, ἐν καιρῷ αὐτοὺς νοήσετε τὴν ἄγνοιαν ἀποθέμενοι, ἐπὰν τελείως ἐπιστρέψητε πρός με καὶ περιαιρεθῆτε τὸ κάλυμμα, ὅπερ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ πάθει περιελῶ ἀφ᾿ ὑμῶν, οὗ σύμβολον ὄψεσθε καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχισένον. Τάχα δὲ καὶ καθόλου ἐν τοῖς μανθάνουσι πρῶτον δεῖ ἀγνοεῖσθαι τοὺς λόγους τῶν παραδιδομένων καὶ παρακεκαλύφθαι τὰ ῥήματα, ἵν’ ὕστερον μετὰ τὸ ἀποθέσθαι τοὺς ἀκροατὰς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ἑαυτῶν τοὺς λόγους ἡ σαφήωεια φανερωθῇ μετατιθεμένων τῶν λόγων ἀπὸ τῶν ὤτων εἰς τὴν καρδίαν. Ὅρα γοῦν ὅτι καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς μαθηταῖς πρότερον ἐν παραβολαῖς ἐλάλει ἀκούουσι μετὰ τῶν ἔξω, εἶτα μετὰ τοῦτο >κατ᾿ ἰδίαν< αὐτοῖς >ἐπέλυε πάντα<· καὶ ἡμεῖς καταμε λετήσαντες καὶ μηδαμῶς αὐτὰς συνέντες οἱονεὶ ἀναβλέπομεν ἐν τῇ συνεχεῖ μελέτῃ, κατὰ βραχὺ ἐλλάμποντος >ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν< λόγου >πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης< αὐτοῦ, ὅς Τὸ δέ >μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι< παρὰ Ματθαίῳ καὶ Λουκᾷ παρίστησι σαφῶς τό· ὑπὸ τίνος; διόπερ ὡς ἔφαμεν ὁ μέν τις ἐρεῖ· ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰούδα, ὁ δέ· ὑπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ· ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐπείπερ Ἰούδας καὶ ὁ λαὸς ἄνθρωποι ἦσαν, ἐφιστῶμεν, μήποτε βέλτιόν ἐστι κατακολουθήσαντας ἡμᾶς Παύλῳ λέγοντι περὶ τοῦ πατρός, >ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου υἱοῦ οὐκ ἀλλ᾿ ὑπέρ ἡμῶν Πάντων παρέδωκεν αὐτόν(, αὐτόν< τῷ λείπειν τό· ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ.
“But they did not understand this saying.” What he means is this: even if you do not understand these words now, you will understand them in due time, once you have put away your ignorance. That will be when you turn to me completely and the veil is taken away. I will remove it from you in the Passion itself, and the sign of this you will see in the curtain of the temple torn in two. Perhaps, too, it holds generally for those who are learning that the words of what is handed on must at first be not understood, and the sayings must be veiled. Then later, after the hearers have laid the words up in their ears, the meaning is made clear, as the words are carried over from the ears to the heart. Notice, then, that he spoke to the disciples themselves at first in parables, which they heard along with those outside, and afterward, “privately,” he “explained everything” to them. In the same way we, when we have pondered the words and at first understood nothing, begin as it were to see again through constant study. The Word shines little by little “in our hearts” “to give the light of the knowledge of his glory.” The phrase “is about to be handed over,” in Matthew and Luke, plainly raises the question: by whom? So, as we said, one person will answer, “By Judas,” and another, “By the people.” But since Judas and the people were human beings, we should stop and ask whether it is better to follow Paul, who says of the Father, “He who did not spare his own Son, but gave him up for us all.” There the words “by God” are left unstated.
Ἐνθάδε δέ γενόμενος ζητήσεις, εἰ ταὐτὸ σημαινόμενόν ἐστι τοῦ >παραδεδόσθαι < τασσομένου ἐπὶ Ἰούδα καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ· ὁ μὲν οὖν τις φάσκων ταὐτὸν εἶναι τῇ προδέσει δώσει τὴν διαφοράν, καθ’ ἥν ὁ μέν Ἰούδας ὅτε ἀργυρίου αὐτὸν παραδιδοὺς ἐπιβουλευτικῶς παρέδωκεν αὐτόν, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ εὐεργετικῶς. Ἔτι πρόσχες πῶς εἴρται, ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό· ὥσπερ γἀρ ἐστιν ἐν αἰσθήσει τὸ μὴ αἰσθάνεσθαι πολλάκις τῶν αἰσθητῶν κατὰ πάθος γινόμενον, οὕτως ἔστι καὶ ἢ κατὰ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἀναισθητεῖν λόγων καὶ ῥήματος ἢ δυσαισθητεῖν. Ἐπεὶ δέ >φόβος κυρίου ἀρχὴ αἰσθησεως< μήποτε ὅν ἐφοβήθησαν οἱ μαθηταί, ὡς φαῦλος ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀγνοίας τοῦ ῥήματος γέγονε, καὶ τοῦ παρακαλύμματος ἐμποδίζοντος αὐτοῖς διὰ τῆς ἐπερωτήσεως μαθεῖν· ὁ γὰρ οἰκονομῶν τὴν ἄγνοιαν καὶ παρακαλύπτων ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν τὸ ῥῆμα ἑώρα ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπερωτήσεως, εἰ ἀπεκρίατο ἐπερωτώμενος ὁ σωτὴρ περιαιρεθησόμενος τὴν ἄγνοιαν καὶ τὸ παρακάλυμμα. Ἅμα δὲ καὶ συγκρῖνον, ὅτι ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν παραβολῶν >ἠρώτων αὐτὸν κατ᾿ ἰδίαν οἶ μαθηταὶ< καὶ οὐκ >ἐφοβοῦντο ἐπερωτῆσαι<· νῦν δὲ >ἐφοβή- θησαν αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου< οἰκονομοῦντός τι τοῦ τὴν ἄγνοιαν ἐμποιοῦντος καὶ τὴν παρακάλυψιν ἐν αὐτοῖς. Ἐταμιεύετο δὲ εἰς ἐπιτήδειον καιρὸν τὴν περιαίρεσιν τῆς ἀγνοίας καὶ τοῦ παρακαλύμματος, μέλλων >παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων<.
When you come to this point, you will ask whether the word “handed over” means the same thing when it is applied to Judas as when it is applied to God. Someone who says it means the same will put the difference in the purpose. Judas handed him over for silver, with a plot against him, whereas the Father handed him over to do us good. Look further at how it is said: “so that they would not perceive it.” Just as there is such a thing as failing to perceive in the senses, which often happens to perceptible things because of some passion, so also with the ruling faculty of the mind it is possible to be without perception of a word or saying, or to perceive it only with difficulty. And since “the fear of the Lord is the beginning of perception,” perhaps the fear the disciples felt was bad. It arose from their ignorance of the saying, and the veil was hindering them from learning by asking. For the one who arranged their ignorance and veiled the saying from them could see that if the Savior were questioned and answered, the ignorance and the veil would be taken away. At the same time, compare this: with the parables the disciples “asked him privately” and “were not afraid to ask.” Now they “were afraid to ask him about this saying.” The one who produced the ignorance and the veiling in them was arranging something. He was keeping the removal of the ignorance and of the veil for a suitable time, for he was “about to be handed over into the hands of men.”
Fragment 27
9, 58 >ὁ δέ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ< Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἕτοιμος εἶ, ὦ οὗτος, ὁμοίως ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχοντι ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλἰναι, αἱρήσῃ διὰ τὴν ἐμὴν διδασκαλίαν τὸ ἀκατάστατον ἐνταῦθα ἐλπίδι τῆς τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλείας, [ἐπ᾿ οὐδενὶ] τὴν ἀνάπαυσιν ἐνταῦθα μὴ προσδοκῦν, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ μέλλοντι. Οἱ γὰρ ἐμοὶ μαθηταὶ δικαιοσύνην ἀσκοῦντες >ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θλῖωιν ἕξουσιν<, >πονηροὶ δὲ καὶ γόητες<, ἀλώπηξι καὶ πετεινοῖς οὐρανοῦ παραβαλλόμενοι ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῷ, >προκόφουσι πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι<. Μάλιστα δὲ ἁρμόζει πρὸς τό· >ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλῖναι< τὸ >ἀστατοῦμεν< ὑπὸ Παύλου, ἐν ᾧ Χριστὸς ἐλάλει, ῥηθέν.
“But the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” So if you are ready, my friend, you will choose, because of my teaching, to live unsettled here, as I do, with nowhere to lay my head, in hope of the kingdom of heaven. You will not look for rest here, but in the age to come. For my disciples, who practice righteousness, “will have tribulation in the world.” But the “evil men and impostors” are compared in this life to foxes and birds of the air, and “will advance, deceiving and being deceived.” The words Paul spoke, in whom Christ was speaking, fit especially well with “the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head”: “we are homeless.”
Fragment 28
Ὅ δὲ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· εἰ μὴ τῶν πετεινῶν καὶ θηρίων ἤτοι τῶν δαιμόνων σαυτὸν ἀπαλλάξεις, οὐ δύναμαι ἐν σοὶ καταλῦασι οὔτε σὺ τοιοῦτος ὢν δύνασαι τὸ ἀποστολικὸν ἀξίωμα λαβεῖν.
What he is saying is this: unless you rid yourself of the birds and beasts, that is, the demons, I cannot lodge in you. And being such as you are, you cannot receive the dignity of an apostle.
Fragment 29
9, 60 >ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς< Ὑψηλότερον δέ· ὅτε ἐπεθνήκει τῷ νεανίσκῳ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ἦν νεκρός, τότε ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐκλήθη· Νομίζω δὲ ὅτι, ὥσπερ ὁ κόσμος Παύλῳ ἐσταύρωτο καὶ νεκρὸς ἦν, ἐπεὶ τέθνηκεν αὐτῷ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου πράγματα, μηκέτι αὐτὰ σκοποῦντι ὡς >βλεπόμενα καὶ πρόσκαιρα< οὕτως ἑκάστῳ δικαίῳ τέθνηκεν ὁ διάβολος, ὅστις αὐτῷ ἔζη ἁμαρτάνοντι· πᾶς γὰρ >ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου γεγέηται< παντὶ δὲ ἁμαρτά- νοντι καὶ σκοποῦντι τὰ τῇδε ζῇ ὁ πονηρὸς πατήρ. Παντὶ δέ, ᾦ τέθνηκεν ὁ πονηρός, λέγοιτ᾿ ἄν ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος τό· >ἀκολούθει μοι<. Καὶ τἀχα τοιοῦτόν ἐστι μυστικῶς νοούμενον τὸ δεῖν μισεῖσθαι ὑφ’ ἡμῶν τὸν πατέρα, εἰ μέλλοιμεν ἄξιοι ἔσεσθαι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. Τὸ δέ· >τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι< τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκροὺς ἀλληγορεῖται μόνον· θάπτουσι γάρ πως νεκροὶ >τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκροὺς< ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, τάφοι καὶ μνημεῖα αὐτῶν γενό- μενοι. Τέλεον δέ καταλείπει τὸν νεκρὸν καὶ οὐδαμῶς ἔτι αὐτοῦ ἅπτεται ὁ πειθόμενος τῷ Ἰησοῦ· οἶδε γὰρ ὅτι ὁ ἁπτόμενος νεκροῦ μολύνεται.
“Let the dead bury their own dead.” There is also a higher sense. When the young man’s father was dead, then the Savior called him. I think that, just as the world had been crucified to Paul and was dead to him, because the affairs of the world had died for him and he no longer regarded them as “things seen” and “temporary,” so for each righteous person the devil has died, who lived for him while he sinned. For everyone “who commits sin has been born of the devil,” and for everyone who sins and fixes his attention on things here, the evil father lives. To everyone for whom the evil one has died, the Savior may say, “Follow me.” Perhaps, understood mystically, this also means that we must hate our father if we are to be worthy of Jesus. The words “bury their own dead” are to be taken only as allegory. For the dead in a way bury “their own dead” within themselves, becoming their tombs and monuments. But the one who obeys Jesus leaves the dead completely behind and never touches it again, for he knows that whoever touches a dead body is defiled.
Fragment 30
9, 62 >οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὸ)ν τὴν χεῖρα ἐπ᾿ ἄροτρον καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω< Ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἀρότης ἐστὶν γῆν ἔχων τὴν ἰδίαν ψυχήν, ἥν ὀφείλει νεοῦν ἀρότρῳ λογικῷ συναγαγὼν τοὺς βοῦς τοὺς ἐργάτας ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν τῶν καθαρῶν· τότε γὰρ νέαν ποιήσει τὴν ὑπὸ πολλῆς ἀργίας τῆς ἐν τῷ παρελθόντι χρόνῳ παλαιωθεῖσαν ψυχὴν καὶ πολλὴν ἐξενεγκοῦσαν κακίαν καὶ ἔργα ἄκαρπα, ὅ ἐκτεμὸ)ν τῷ ἀρότρῳ τοῦ λόγου καὶ ποιήσας νέωμα σπερεῖ ἀπὸ τῆς θείας διδασκαλίας απέρματα νομικά, προφητικά, εὐαγγελικά, μεμνημένος καὶ μελετῶν αὐτό. Διό φησι καὶ διὰ Ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου ό τῶν ὅλων θεός· >νεώσατε ἑαυτοῖς καὶ μὴ σπείρετε ἐπ᾿ · οὐ γάρ ἐστι θεῖον ἁπλῶς δέξασθαι σπόρον καὶ καρποφορῆσαι, μὴ πρότερον ἐκκαθάραντας τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ πᾶν ἐκβαλόντας πάθος καὶ τὰς βιωτικὰς μερίμνας καὶ ἡδονάς, αἵ εἰσιν αἱ ἄκανδαι· διό φησιν· ἔκκλινον ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθόν<.
“No one who puts his hand to the plow and looks back.” Each of us is his own plowman, and our own soul is the land. We must break it up as fallow ground with the plow of reason, after yoking the oxen, the workers, from the pure Scriptures. For then a person will make new the soul that has grown old through long idleness in time past, which has produced much wickedness and fruitless works. He will cut out [the old growth] with the plow of the word and make the ground fresh. Then he will sow seeds from the divine teaching: seeds of the law, of the prophets, and of the gospel, remembering it and meditating on it. This is why the God of all also says through Jeremiah the prophet: “Break up fresh ground for yourselves, and do not sow among thorns.” For it is not [possible] simply to receive the seed and bear fruit without first cleansing our souls and casting out every passion, and the cares and pleasures of this life, which are the thorns. Therefore he says: “Turn away from evil and do good.”
Fragment 31
10, 1 >μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἀνύδειξεν ὁ κύριος ἑτέρους ἐβδομήκοντα< Ἀλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν Λουκᾶς ταῦτα περὶ τῶν ἑβδομήκοντά φησιν, ὁ δὲ Μᾶρκος λέγει, ὅτι >προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ἀνὰ δύο δύο, δοὺς αὐτοῖς εξουσίαν πνευμάτων ἀκθάρτων<. Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ >ἀνὰ δύο< ὑπηρετεῖσθαι τῷ λόγῳ βουλήματι θεοῦ ἔοικεν εἶναι ἀρχαῖον ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐν τῷ >ἐξελθεῖν< τὸν λαὸν >ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου<· τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ὁ θεὸς >ἐν χειρὶ Μωϋσέως καὶ Ἀαρων<. Καὶ >Ἰησοῦς δὲ ὁ τοῦ Ναυὴ καὶ Χαλὲβ ὁ τοῦ Ἰεφονή<, οἱ ἀμφότεροι ὁμονοήσαντες, κατέστειλαν τὸν λαὸν παροξυνόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν δέκα· καὶ Ἐλδὰδ καὶ Μωδὰδ ἀμφότεροι προεφήτευον ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ ὁμονοήσαντες. Ἀλλὰ ὕστερον Παῦλον καὶ Βαρνάβαν ἐξαπέστειλεν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ παράδειγμά γε οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἦσαν τῶν συμφωνούντων >δύο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς<. Ἐφαρμόσεις δὲ τούτοις καὶ >ἀδελφὸς ὑπὸ ἀδελφοῦ βοηθούμενος, ὡς πόλις ὀχυρά<, καὶ τό· >ἀγαθοὶ οἱ δύο ὑπέρ τὸν ἕνα< Τὸ δὶ κατὰ δύο τετάχθαι καὶ τοὺς δώδεκα ἐμ- φαίνει ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ αὐτῶν ὁ Ματθαῖος, κατὰ συζυγίαν αὐτοὺς τάξας.
“After these things the Lord appointed seventy others.” That is what Luke says about the seventy. Mark says that “he called the twelve and sent them out two by two, giving them authority over unclean spirits.” This sending “two by two” to serve the word seems to be in keeping with God’s purpose, and it is ancient, going back to Moses and Aaron when the people came out of the land of Egypt. God brought Israel out by the hand of Moses and Aaron. Then Joshua son of Nun and Caleb son of Jephunneh, both of one mind, quieted the people when they were stirred up by the ten. Eldad and Modad also prophesied in the tent, both in agreement. Later he sent Paul and Barnabas out to the nations, and such men were an example of the “two on earth” who agree. You may also apply to these the words “a brother helped by a brother is like a fortified city,” and “two are better than one.” Matthew shows in his list that the twelve also were arranged in pairs, for he ordered them by couples.
Fragment 32
10, 9 >λέγετε αὐτοῖς· ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ> Ὥσπερ εὐεργετεῖτε σώματα, οὕτω διδάσχοντες σώσατε ψυχάς. Βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν λέγει νῦν, ὡς βασιλέα καὶ θεόν· >ἤγγικεν<, φησίν, καὶ ἤδη ἐπιδημήσει ὑμῖν· ἄξιοι γίωεσθε, ἑτοιμάζεσθε εἰς ὑποδοχήν. Διαφορὰν δέ οἰκίας καὶ πόλεως καὶ ἐν Ψαλμοῖς οἶμαι εἰρῆσθαι, ἐν τῷ· >ἐὰν μὴ κύριος οἰκοδομήσῃ οἶκον καὶ ἐόν μὴ κύριος φυλάξῃ πόλιν, εἰς μάτην ἠγρύπνησεν ὁ φυλάσσων< ἔνθα παρατήρει, ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἔτι οἰκοδομούμενον >οἶκος< ὠνομάσθη, τὸ δὲ ἤδη φυλακῆς καὶ φρουρᾶς ἄξιον >πόλις<· ἐπὶ τῆς μέίζονος οἰκίας πόλεως τό· >δέχονται ὑμᾶς< ἔταξεν.
“Say to them: the kingdom of God has come near to you.” Just as you do good to bodies, so by teaching save souls. Here he calls himself the kingdom of God, as King and God. “It has come near,” he says, and he will soon visit you. Become worthy, and prepare yourselves to receive him. I think the difference between a house and a city is also stated in the Psalms, in the words: “Unless the Lord builds the house, and unless the Lord guards the city, the one who keeps watch has stayed awake in vain.” Notice there that what is still being built is called a “house,” while what is already worthy of guarding and garrisoning is called a “city.” It is for the greater house, the city, that he set the words “they receive you.”
Fragment 33
10, 11 >τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν< Τοῦτό φησιν· >εἴπατε, ὅτι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ὑμῶν ὁ κονιορτὸς ἄν εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐπανέλθοι<. Παρατήρει δέ, ὅτι αἱ μὴ παραδεχόμεναι ἀποστόλους καὶ τὴν ὑγιῆ διδασκαλίαν πόλεις ἔχουσι πλατειας ἀνάλογον τῷ· >πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἄγουσα καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ διερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς<. Ἰστέον δέ, ὅτι μὴ τοὺς ἀποστόλους πόλις γῆς ἐπαιρομένης θολώδη καὶ πνιγώδη τὸν ἀέρα ποιούσης πληροῦται· ἡ δέ δεχομένη ἤτοι οὐδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχει κονιορτὸν ἢ ἔχουσα ἔν τισιν ἁμαρτίαις ἀποτίθεται αὐτὸν καθαιρομένη ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν.
“The dust that clung to our feet from your city we wipe off against you.” This means: “Say that the dust of your sins may come back upon you.” Notice that the cities that do not receive apostles and sound teaching have broad streets, in keeping with the words: “Wide is the gate and spacious the road that leads [to destruction], and many are those who go through it.” You should also know that a city that does not [receive] the apostles is filled with stirred-up earth, which makes the air murky and choking. But a city that receives them either has no dust at all from the beginning, or, if it has some in certain sins, it lays the dust aside, being cleansed by the apostles.
Fragment 34
10, 21 >ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς< Βούλεται δὲ ἀποκαλύψαι ὡς λόγος οὐκ ἀλόγως, καὶ ὡς σοφία σοφῶς, καὶ ὡς δικαιοσύνη δικαίως, καὶ κατὰ ἀξίαν τοὺς καιροὺς τοῦ ἀποκαλύπτειν καὶ τὰ μέτρα τῆς ἀποκαλύψεως ἐπιστάμενος. Ἀποκαλύπτει δὲ περιαιρῶν τὸ ἐπικείμενον τῇ καρδίᾳ κάλυμμα καὶ τὸ >σκότος<, ὅ ἔθετο >ἀποκρυφὴν αὐτοῦ<· οὕτω γὰρ δυνήσεταί τις ὡς Μωϋσῆς >εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν γνόφον, οὗ ἦν ὁ θεός<. Ἐπειδή δέ ἐντεῦθεν οἴονται οἶ ἱτερόδοξοι κατασκευάζειν τὸ ἀσεβὲς αὐτῶν δόγμα, ὡς ἄρα ἄγνωστον ὄντα τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ το'ῖς ἐν τῇ παλαιᾷ λεχτέον λεκτέον πρὸς αὐτούς, ὅτι τό· >ᾦ ἄν βούληται ὁ υἱὸς < οὐκ ἐπὶ τὸν μέλλοντα μόνον ἀνα- φἐρεται χρόνον, ἀφ᾿ οὗ ταῦτα εἶπεν ἡμῖν ὁ σωτήρ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν παρεληλυθάτα· τὸ γὰρ >ἀποκαλύψαι< ἀορίστου ἐστὶ χρόνου ἀναφερόμενον ἐπί τινα τῶν παρεληλυθότων. Χρηστέον δέ Πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ γραφῇ τῇ λεγούσῃ· > Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἠγαλλιάστο, ἴνα ἴδῃ τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν· καὶ εἶδε καὶ ἐχάρη<· τῶν δὲ ἀκουόντων ταῦτα λεγὀν- των· >πεντήκοντα οὔπω ἔχεις ἔτη καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας<, φησὶν ὁ σωτήρ· >ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι ἐγώ εἰμι<· οὐκοῦν ὁ ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐμπαρέσχεν ἐαυτὸν τῷ Ἀβραὰμ τότε, ἴνα ἐκεῖνος ἴδῃ τηνικάδε αὐτοῦ τὴν ἡμέραν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ βούλονται δέξασθαι τὴν <ἀποκαλύψαι> λέξιν ἐπὶ παρελη- λυθότος, ῥητέον πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ τοῦτο, ὅτι οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστι τὸ >γινώσκειν< τῷ >πιστεύειν<· >ᾦ μὲν γὰρ διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος γνώσεως, ἑτέ- ρῳ δέ πίστις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι<. Εἶεν ἂν οὖν τινες καὶ κατὰ τούτους πιστεύοντες μέν, οὐ μὴν καὶ γινώσκοντες· δεδόσθω οὖν κατ’ αὐτούς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν πατέρα ὁ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι μόνον ἐπίστευσεν· οὐ γὰρ ὁ γινώσκων αὐτόν, καθὸ θεός ἐστι καὶ καθὸ πατήρ ἐστι, γινώσκει. Καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ γοῦν ἔχουσιν ἔννοιαν θεοῦ δημιουργοῦ, οὐ μὴν ὁμολογοῦσιν αὐτὸν υἱοῦ πατέρα.
“I thank you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth.” He wants to reveal as the Word, not without reason; as Wisdom, wisely; as Righteousness, justly. He knows, according to what each one deserves, the right times for revealing and the measures of the revelation. He reveals by taking away the veil lying on the heart and the “darkness” which he made “his hiding place.” For in this way a person will be able, like Moses, “to enter into the thick darkness where God was.” The heterodox think they can establish their impious doctrine from this passage, namely that the Father of Jesus Christ was unknown to those under the old covenant. We must answer them that “to whom the Son wishes” does not refer only to the future, from the time the Savior said these things to us. It refers to the past as well. For the word “to reveal” is of indefinite time, and it can refer to something in the past. We must also use against them the Scripture that says: “Abraham your father rejoiced to see my day; and he saw it and was glad.” Those who heard this said, “You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?” The Savior answers, “Amen, I say to you, before Abraham was, I am.” So the one who said this showed himself to Abraham at that time, so that Abraham might then see his day. But if they refuse to accept the word “reveal” as referring to the past, we must say this to them as well: “to know” is not the same as “to believe.” For “to one is given through the Spirit a word of knowledge, to another faith in the same Spirit.” So even by their own reckoning there could be people who believe but do not also know. Let it be granted, then, according to them, that Abraham did not know the Father but only believed. For the one who knows him as God does not [necessarily] know him as Father. Many people, at any rate, have a notion of God as Creator, yet they do not confess him as the Father of a Son.
Fragment 35
Ἡγὰρ αἴσθησις τῆς παρούσης ἐνδείας παρασκευὴ τῆς ἐπιγινομένης πληρώσεως γίνεται· ὁ δὲ οὐκ αἰσθανόμενος, ὡς ἐνδεῶς ἔχει τοῦ ὄντως καλοῦ, διὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτῷ παρεῖναι καλόν, ἐνδεὴς εἰκότως τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καλοῦ καταλείπεται. Ταύτην οὖν καὶ εὐδοκίαν πατρὸς δηλοῖ Χριστός, ἥν καὶ πάλαι διὰ τοῦ προφήτου θεὸς ἔλεγεν· >ἐπὶ τίνα ἐπιβλέψω, ἀλλ᾿ ἢ τὸν πρᾶον καὶ ἥσυχον καὶ τρέμοντα διὰ παντὸς τοὺς λόγους μου<· ὥστε οὐκ ἀφροσύνην ὑπὲρ σοφίαν ἐτίμησεν ὁ θεός, ἀλλὰ ταπεινοφροσύνην ὑπερηφανίας προετίμησε καὶ τὸν ἀποφράξαντα τὴν εὐεργεσίαν ἑαντῷ διὰ τῆς ἀναισθησιας εἰκότως κατέλιπεν. Ὁ οὖν ταπεινόφρων καὶ νήπιος φησιν· σύ με δίδαξον τὴν κατὰ σαυτὸν ἀλήθειαν· ἐγὼ γὰρ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου οὐ δύναμαι μαθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ παρὰ σοῦ μάθω. Τις γὰρ ὀφείλει διδάσκειν περὶ θεοῦ ἤ θεός; Ἄνωθεν τοίνυν ἡ ἀποκάλυψις μετὰ τὴν κατ ἀξίαν πρόθεσιν.
For the awareness of a present lack becomes the preparation for the fullness that follows. But the one who does not perceive that he lacks what is truly good, because what seems good to him is already there, is naturally left lacking the true good. This, then, is the good pleasure of the Father that Christ makes known. God had spoken of it long ago through the prophet: “On whom will I look, if not on the gentle and quiet one, who trembles at my words continually?” So God did not honor foolishness above wisdom. He preferred humility to pride, and he naturally left behind the one who, through his own insensibility, had shut off the benefit from himself. So the humble and childlike person says: “Teach me yourself the truth that concerns you. For I cannot learn it from a human being unless I learn it from you. Who ought to teach about God, if not God?” Revelation, then, comes from above, after a purpose that is fitting.
Fragment 36
10, 22 >πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου< Οὐ μακρὰν τό· >πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου< ἐστὶ καὶ τό· >ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς<. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτῷ δίδοται >πᾶσα ἐξουσία<, ἶνα >εἰρηνοποιησῃ διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ εἴτε rd ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς<. Οὐδέπω μὲν οὖν τὰ πάντα εἰρηνοποίησεν, ὡς δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ ἔτι τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας ὑπάρχειν πόλεμον· ἔσται δὲ πάντως ἡ τελεία εἰρήνη. Δικαιότατα δὲ >πάντα< παραδέδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ πατήρ, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ υἱὸς παρεδόθη >ὐπὲρ πάν- των<, >ὅς ἐστι σωτὴρ πόντων ἀνθρώπων, μάλιστα πιστῶν< ἐστι περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου(. Παρεδόθη δὲ καθ᾿ ὅ γέγονεν ἄνθρωπος, >ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ ndv γόνυ κάμψῃ ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσηται, ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός, ἀμήν<.
“All things have been handed over to me by my Father.” Close to this is the saying, “All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me.” And the reason “all authority” is given to him is that he might “make peace through his cross, whether things on earth or things in the heavens.” He has not yet made peace with all things. This is clear from the fact that there is still war that comes from evil. But complete peace will certainly come. It is most just that the Father has handed “all things” over to him, since the Son himself was handed over “for all.” He “is the Savior of all people, especially of believers”; [he is the propitiation] for our sins, and not for ours only but also for the whole world. He was handed over insofar as he became man, “so that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of beings in heaven, on earth and under the earth, and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father. Amen.”
Fragment 37
10, 23 >μακάριοι οἱ ἀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε< Διὰ τί δὲ >μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοῖ< τῶν μαθητῶν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἰσιν ἐπεὶ >πολλοὶ προφῆται ἠθέλησαν ἰδεῖν<, ὅ εἶδον οὗτοι, >οὐκ εἶδον< δέ, >καὶ ἀκοῦσαι<, ὅ ἤκουσαν, >καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν<; Τὸν δὲ ἴδω μεν· νομίζουσιν οἱ ἁπλούστεροι, ὅτι· πολλοὶ προφῆται προφητεύοντες τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ ἠθέλησαν γενέσθαι κατὰ τοὺς ἐμοὺς χρόνους, ὥστε >ἰδεῖν, ἃ βλέπετε, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι, ἃ ἀκούετε>· ἀλλ' οὐκ εὐτύχησαν φθάσαι εἰς τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους, ἐν οἷς ὑμεῖς τούτων ἠξιώθητε. Τίς δέ ἡ ἀποκλήρωσις τοὺς πολλοὺς μέν προφήτας τούτων ἐπιτεθυμηκέναι, μὴ καὶ πάντας δέ; Μήποτ' οὖν, ὡς ἤδη ἀποδεδώκαμεν περὶ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, ὅτι >εῖδε τὴν ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο< παραπλήσιον γέγονε καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλων προφητῶν καὶ δικαίων, οὐ πολλῶν, ἀλλ' ὀλίγων, ἐπὶ τὴν θέαν πεφθακότων καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν σύνεσιν, ὧν οἱ Ἰησοῦ μαθηταὶ ἠκροάσαντο; Οὖτοι οὖν ἅτε ἰδόντες, ἃ εἶδον οἱ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ ἀκούσαντες, ἃ ἤκουσαν οἱ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαθηταί, μαθηταί, οὐκ ἐπεθύμησαν, ὅτι εἶχον >ὡς οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες<· ἄλλοι δὲ γεγόνασι προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι, ἐλάττονες τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις θεωρίας καὶ συνέσεως, οἵτινες οὐκ ἔτυχον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας.
“Blessed are the eyes that see what you see.” Why are the eyes of Jesus’ disciples blessed? Because “many prophets wished to see” what these saw, “and did not see it,” and to hear what they heard, “and did not hear it.” As for the words “to see,” simpler people suppose it means this: many prophets, as they prophesied about me, wished to be born in my times, so that they might “see what you see and hear what you hear.” But they were not fortunate enough to reach these times, in which you have been counted worthy of these things. But what is the reason that many prophets desired these things, and not all of them? Perhaps, as we have already explained about Abraham, who “saw the day of Christ and rejoiced,” something similar happened with other prophets and righteous men. They were not many but few, and they had reached the vision and understanding which Jesus’ disciples heard. Because these few had already seen what the apostles saw and heard what the disciples of Jesus heard, they did not desire it; they possessed it “as though not possessing it.” But others became prophets and righteous men who fell short of the vision and understanding found in the apostles, and these did not obtain what they desired.
Νῦν μὲν οὖν μακαρίξονται ὀφθαλμοὶ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ οἶμαι οἶμαι μέλη τῶν ἁγίων, ὡς ἔχεσθαί τινος λόγου καὶ τό· >μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας<. Πῶς δὲ οὐ μακάριοι καὶ >οἱ πόδες< οἱ μὴ προσ- χόψαντες μηδέ σαλευθέντες, ἀλλ' >ὡραῖοι τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά<· καὶ μακάριαι αἱ χεῖρες, ὧν >ἡ ἔπαρσις θυσία ἑσπερινή<, καὶ ὧν ἡ ἔπαρσις νίκη μέν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, ἦττα δέ τοῦ Ἀμαλήκ. καὶ μακαρία ἡ κοιλία, ἀφ' ἧς >ποταμοὶ ῥέουσιν ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον<· καὶ μακάρια γόνατα τὰ >ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ καμπτόμενα<, μακαρία δέ καὶ γλῶσσα ἡ >ἐξομολογουμένη, ὅτι κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός<. μακάριον δὲ καὶ >στόμα< τὸ διακονούμενον λόγῳ θεοῦ καὶ >μυκ- τήρ<, δἰ ὃν λέγεται· >ὀπίσω σου εἰς ὀσμὴν μύρων σου δραμοῦμεν<. [Ταῦτα εἴρηται μὲν Ὠριγένει· εἰ δὲ τῷ δοκεῖ σπουδαῖα, δοκείτω· ἐμοὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἀρέσκει ὡς ἀντιλογίας ἔχοντα.]
So now eyes are called blessed, and I think the other members of the saints are too, so that there is some reason behind the saying, “Blessed is the womb that bore you, and the breasts that you nursed.” And how could the “feet” not be blessed, those that have not stumbled or been shaken, but are “beautiful” among those who bring good news? Blessed also are the hands whose lifting up is “an evening sacrifice,” and whose lifting up is victory for Israel and defeat for Amalek. Blessed is the belly from which “rivers flow of water springing up to eternal life.” Blessed are the knees that “are bent in the name of Jesus.” Blessed also is the tongue that “confesses that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” Blessed too is the “mouth” that serves the word of God, and the nose, for which it is said, “After you, to the fragrance of your perfumes, we will run.” [These things were said by Origen. If anyone thinks them excellent, let him think so; they do not please me, since they are open to objection.]
Fragment 38
10, 38 >αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς κώμην τινά< Κατέλυσε μὲν οὖν ὁ σωτὴρ παρὰ γυναιξὶν ἁγίαις ἔν τινι κώμη, ἧς τὸ ὄνομα Δουκᾶς μέν παρασιωπᾷ, Ἰωάννης δὲ σαφηνίζει, τὴν Βηθανίαν εἰπών.
“He himself entered a certain village.” The Savior lodged with holy women in a certain village. Luke passes over its name in silence, but John makes it clear by saying it was Bethany.
Fragment 39
Εἰκότως γοῦν ἐκλάβοις Μάρθαν μέν εἰς τὴν πρᾶξιν, Μαρίαν δὲ εἰς τὴν θεωρίαν Συμπεριαιρεῖται Συμπεριαιρεῖται γὰρ τῷ πρακτικῷ τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης μυστήριον, εἰ μὴ Πρὸς τῷ θεωρεῖν ἕληταί τις διδάσκειν καὶ προτρέπειν ἐπὶ ΠρᾶΞιν· οὔτε γὰρ πρᾶξις οὔτε θεωρία ἄνευ θατέρου. Μᾶλλον μὲν οὖν λεκτέον, ὅτι ἡ Μάρθα σωματικώτερον ὑπεδέξατο τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ ἐαυτῆς οἰκίᾳ τῇ ψυχῇ, ἡ δέ Μαρία πνευματικῶς ἤκουεν αὐτοῦ καὶ περὶ πόδας οὖσα, καθ' ὃ τὰ μέν ἐν εἰσαγωγῇ κατ' οἰκονομίαν παραδιδόμενα τοῦ καταργήσαντος τὰ τοῦ νηπίου< ἀφαιρεῖται, τὰ δ’ ὡς τέλεια οὐκέτι. δὲ Μάρθα μὲν εἶναι καὶ ἡ ἐκ περιτομῆς συναγωγὴ εἰς. τὰ ἴδια ὅρια δεξαμένη τὸν Ἰησοῦν, περισπωμένη περὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ γράμματος τοῦ τόμου πολλὴν λατρείαν, Μαρία δέ ἡ ἐξ Μνῶν ἐκκλησία >τὴν τοῦ >πνευματικοῦ νόμου< >μερίδα< ἐκλεξαμένη >πνευματικοῦ >καταγουμένην< ὡς ἡ ἐπὶ τοῦ προσώπου Μωΰσέως δόξα, χρὴσιμα ἐκ τοῦ γόμου ἐπιλέξασα ἢ πάντα ἀναφέρουσα εἰς ἒν τὸ >ἀγαπήσεις< Καὶ εἰς μὲν τό· >ἑνός ἐστι χρεία< χρήσῃ τὸ >ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν<, εἰς δέ τό· >ὀλίγων ἐστὶν< >τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας· οὐ μοιχεύσεις. οὐ φονεύσεις< καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ἔτι δύναται Μάρθα μὲν εἶναι οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοὶ καὶ ἱουδαΐζοντες, φυλάττοντες ἰουδαϊκῶς τὰ τοῦ νόμου, Μαρία δὲ οἱ τούτων ἀπηλλαγμένοι καὶ >ἐν κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖοι< καὶ μόνοις τοῖς Ἰησοῦ ποσὶ ποσὶ προσκαθεζόμενοι, οἱ >τὰ ἄνω οὐ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς<· διαφόρως γὰρ ἐπιβάλλων εὑρήσεις Μάρθαν μέν σωματικωτέραν καὶ >περὶ πολλὰ< εἰλουμένην, Μαρίαν δέ τῇ θεωρίᾳ μόνῃ καὶ τοῖς πνευματικοῖς προσανέχουσαν.
It would be reasonable to take Martha as standing for action and Mary for contemplation. For the mystery of love is included along with the practical life, unless someone, besides contemplating, chooses also to teach and to urge others toward action. For neither action nor contemplation exists without the other. Better, then, to say that Martha received the Word in a more bodily way, in her own house, which is the soul. Mary, however, listened to him spiritually, even while sitting at his feet. In this way, the things handed on at the beginning, by way of dispensation, are taken away by the one who [puts away] “the things of the child,” but the things that are perfect are not taken away. Martha may also be the synagogue from the circumcision, which received Jesus within its own borders and was distracted by the great amount of service required by the letter of the law. Mary is then the church from the nations, which chose the “portion” of the spiritual law, [a law that is being set aside like the glory on the face of Moses]. She picked out the useful things from the law, or brought everything back to the one word, “You shall love.” For “one thing is needed” you would apply “You shall love your neighbor as yourself,” and for “few things are needed” you would apply “You know the commandments: do not commit adultery, do not murder,” and so on. Again, Martha can be the believers from the circumcision who practice Jewish ways, keeping the things of the law in a Jewish manner. Mary would be those who have been set free from these things, “Jews in secret,” who sit only at the feet of Jesus, who set their minds on “things above, not on things on the earth.” For if you look at it from different angles, you will find Martha more bodily and “troubled about many things,” and Mary devoted to contemplation alone and to spiritual things.
Fragment 40
11, 1 >κύριε, δίδαξον ἡμᾶς προσεύχεσθαι, καθώς καὶ Ἰωάννης< Εἶτα ἵνα δείξῃ ἔτι αὐτὸν προτρέπειν ἐπὶ τὴν περὶ τῆς εὐχῆς διδασκαλίαν, τοιαύτην προσφέρει ἀξίωσιν, ὅτι καὶ Ἰωάννης, περὶ οὗ ἡμᾶς ἐδίδαξας, ὅτι >μείζων ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν αὐτοῦ οὐδείς ἐστιν<, τῆς περὶ τὴν εὐχὴν οὐκ ἠμέλει διδασκαλίας· καὶ ὅτι τὸ πῶς >προσθύξασθαι, καθὸ δεῖ, οὐκ οἴδαμεν<· καὶ ὅτι ἐνετείλω ἡμῖν αἰτεῖν τὰ μεγάλα καὶ τὰ αἰώνια· πόθεν οὖν ἡμῖν ἐστιν εἰδέναι ταῦτα ἢ ἀπὸ σοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν;
“Lord, teach us to pray, just as John also…” Then, to show that he was still urging him toward teaching about prayer, he makes this appeal. John, about whom you taught us that “among those born of women there is none greater than he,” did not neglect teaching about prayer. We also do not know how to pray as we ought. And you have commanded us to ask for great and eternal things. Where, then, can we learn these things, if not from you, our God and Savior?
Fragment 41
’H αὐτή ἐστι τῇ ἐν τῷ Ματθαίῳ προσευχῇ, διὸ καὶ ἐπιτομώτερον ἐνταῦθα ἴρηται. ἢ βέλτιον διαφόρους νομίξεσθι τὰς προσευχάς, κοινά τινα ἐχούσας μέρη. Τότε δὲ >γινεται τὸ θέλημα< τοῦ θεοῦ >ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς<, ὅταν μηδὲν πράττωμεν παρὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ. Πῶς δὲ ὁ εἰπὼν δεῖν αἰτεῖν οὐράνια καὶ μεγάλα περὶ ἄρτου αἰτεῖν κελεύει; >ἄρτον< οὖν τὸ ἀληθινὸν νοητέον καὶ πνευματικόν.
This is the same as the prayer in Matthew, which is why it is stated more briefly here. Or it is better to think of them as different prayers that have some parts in common. God’s will “is done as in heaven, so on earth” when we do nothing contrary to his will. But how can the one who said we must ask for heavenly and great things command us to ask for bread? So “bread” must be understood as the true and spiritual bread.
Fragment 42
11, 2 >πάτερ, ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου·< Οἶμαι δέ, ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἂν λέγοι τῷ θεῷ τὸ >πάτερ<, μὴ πεπληρωμένος τοῦ τῆς >υἱοθεσίας πνεύματος<, καὶ υἱὸς δοξάζων πατέρα λέγοι ἂν >πά- τερ<, φυλάξας δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐντολὴν τὴν λέγουσαν. >ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, προσεύχεσθε ὑπέρ τῶν διωκόντων ὑμᾶς, ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὑρανοῖς, ὅτι τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκοθς<. Ἔτι γεννᾶταί τις ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ >ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην<· καὶ γεννώμενος λέγοι ἂν >σπέρμα ἐν ἑαυτῷ< τοῦ θεοῦ λαβών, διὰ τὸ >μηκέτι δύνασθαι ἁμαρτάνειν<, τὸ >πάτερ<. Ἔτι γεννᾶταί τις ἐκ θεοῦ, οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ διὰ λόγου ζῶντος θεοῦ καὶ μένοντος, καθὰ γέγραπται· φησὶ γὰρ Ἰωάννης. >ὅσοι δέ ἒλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, οἳ οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων οὐδέ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς οὐδέ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρός, ἀλλ' ἐκ θεοῦ ἐγεννήθησαν<. Τοῦτο δέ φησιν οὐκ εἰς φύσιν ἡμᾶς ἀνάγων θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ χάριτος μεταδιδοὺς καὶ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἀξίωμα ἡμῖν χαριζόμενος. Λέγει γὰρ ἡμᾶς καλεῖν πατέρα τὸν θεόν. Εἶτα Ματθαῖος μὲν ἐπιφέρει τῷ. >πάτερ ἡμῶν< τό· >ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς< ἃτε περὶ βασιλείας διαλε- γόμενος οὐρανῶν καὶ πάντας τοὺς παρόντας διδάσκειν διηγούμενος τὸν σωτῆρα μετὰ τοὺς μακαρισμοὺς καὶ τὸν περὶ τῆς προσευχῆς λόγον. Δουκᾶς δὲ περὶ βασιλείας διδάσκων θεοῦ ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κατ' αὐτὸν εὐαγ- γελίῳ ἐσιώπησε τό· >ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς<, ὡς ὐψηλότερον καὶ τόπου τὸ θεῖον εἶναι διδάσκων καὶ ἱδίᾳ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὡς ὑψηλοτέροις τῶν λοιπῶν τὸν Χριστὸν ὑφηγούμενον τὸν τῆς εὐχῆς λόγον, οὐδὲ τό· >ῥυσθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ< ἐπιφέροντα, καθὰ Ματθαῖός φησιν.
“Father, may your name be hallowed.” I think no one could say “Father” to God unless he were filled with the “Spirit of adoption.” A son who glorifies his father would say “Father,” and he would also have kept the commandment that says: “Love your enemies, pray for those who persecute you, so that you may become sons of your Father in the heavens, because he makes his sun rise on the evil and the good and sends rain on the righteous and the unrighteous.” Again, a person is born of God by “doing righteousness.” Being born, and having received God’s “seed in himself,” so that he is “no longer able to sin,” he could say “Father.” Again, a person is born of God not from corruptible seed but through the living and abiding word of God, as it is written. For John says: “But as many as received him, he gave them the right to become children of God, to those who believe in his name, who were born not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of a man, but of God.” He says this not to raise us up to the nature of God, but to share his grace with us and to give us the gift of his own dignity. For he tells us to call God Father. Then Matthew adds “in the heavens” to “our Father.” He was speaking about the kingdom of the heavens, and he was recounting how the Savior taught all who were present the word about prayer after the beatitudes. Luke, though he teaches about the kingdom of God throughout his whole Gospel, is silent about “in the heavens.” He is teaching that the divine is higher than any place. And Christ is explaining the word about prayer privately to the disciples, as people higher than the rest. Luke also does not add “to be delivered from the evil one,” as Matthew does.
Fragment 43
Ἤ τάχα, εἰ ἡ >θεὸς< ὀνομασία ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποπιπτόντων τῆς ἀληθείας τάσσεται ἐπὶ τῶν γλυπτῶν καὶ τῶν δαιμονίων ἢ καὶ >τῆς κτίσεως παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα<, οὐδέπω >ἡγιάσθη τὸ ὄνομα< τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδὲ κεχώρισται, ὧν χρὴ αὐτὸν κεχωρίσθαι. Διδάσκει οὖν ἡμᾶς εὔχεσθαι τάχιον τὸ χρηστὸν γενέσθαι τέλος, ἶνα ἐφαρμοσθῇ τῷ κυρίῳ ὡς >μόνῳ ἀληθινῷ θεῷ< ἡ >θεὸς< προσηγορία. Σαφῶς δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ ἐκδοχῇ ἐφαρ- μόζειν δυνάμεθα καὶ τὸ ἐξῆς· ποῖον δὴ τοῦτο; >ἑλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου<.
Or perhaps it is like this. The name “God” is applied by those who fall away from the truth to carved images and demons, or even to “the creation instead of the Creator.” So the name of God has not yet been “hallowed,” and it has not yet been separated from those things from which it must be separated. He therefore teaches us to pray that the good end may come more quickly, so that the title “God” may be fitted to the Lord as “the only true God.” And with this interpretation we can clearly fit the next petition as well. Which one is that? “Your kingdom come.”
Fragment 44
11, 2 >ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου< Μηκέτι κατ' ἐμοῦ >βασιλευέτω ὁ θάνατος<, μηδ’ ἀγέτω με δἰ ἁμαρτίας αἰχμάλωτον, ἀλλ' >ἐλθέτω ἐπ' ἐμὲ ἡ βασιλεία σου<, ἵνα εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν ὑποχωρήσῃ τὰ νῦν κρατοῦντα καὶ βασιλεύοντα πάθη. ταῦτα δ’ ἄν τις αἰτοίῃ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς καθ' ἔνα γενομένης βασιλείας.
“Your kingdom come.” Let death no longer “reign” against me, and let it no longer lead me captive through sin. Instead, “let your kingdom come” upon me, so that the passions that now rule and reign may withdraw into non-being. One could ask these things also with regard to the kingdom as it comes about in each individual.
Fragment 45
>Ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου<, ἶνα καταργηθῇ μὲν >πᾶσα ἀρχὴ καὶ ἐξουσία καὶ δύναμις<, ἔτι δὲ καὶ πᾶσα βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ ἡ βασιλεύουσα ἐν τοῖς θνητοῖς ἡμῶν σώμασιν ἀμαρτία, πόντων δὲ τούτων βασιλεύσῃ ὁ θεός.
“Your kingdom come,” so that “every rule and authority and power” may be abolished, and also every kingdom of the world, and the sin that reigns in our mortal bodies, and so that God may reign over all of these.
Fragment 46
11, 3 >τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δίδου ἡμῖν τὸ καθ' ἡμέραν< Ἐπεὶ δέ οἱ ἀπὸ Μαρκίωνος ἔχουσι τὴν λέξιν οὕτως· >τὸν ἄρτον σου τὸν ἐπιούσιον δίδου ἡμῖν τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν<, ἐπαπορήσωμεν αὐτοῖς, ἀλληγορίας καὶ ἀναγωγὰς φεύγουσιν· τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος τοῦ θεοῦ; Εἰ μὲν γὰρ, ὡς ἀποδεδώκαμεν, διηγήσονται, δηλονότι ἀλληγοροῦσιν. εἰ δὲ τὸν σωματικὸν ἄρτον ὑπολήψονται, πῶς οὗτος τοῦ κατ' αὐτούς ἐστιν ἀγαθοῦ; ἀναγκαίως δὲ καὶ τὸ >καθ' ἡμέραν< πρόσκειται. Οἱονεὶ γὰρ ἐπισκευαστή ἐστιν ἡμῶν ἡ ζωὴ ἡ ἀληθινή, ἶνα κατὰ θεὸν ζήσῃ >ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος<.
“Give us each day our epiousion bread.” The followers of Marcion have the wording like this: “Give us each day your epiousion bread.” Since they flee from allegories and spiritual interpretations, let us press them with a difficulty: what is the bread of God? If they explain it as we have given, then clearly they are using allegory. But if they take it to be bodily bread, how can this belong to their supposedly good God? And “each day” is necessarily added. For our true life is, as it were, something that must be repaired [day by day], so that “the inner man” may live according to God.
Fragment 47
Ἐμφαντικώτερον δὲ τὸ >καθ' ἡμέραν< τοῦ παρὰ Ματθαίῳ >σήμερον<.
“Each day” is more emphatic than Matthew’s “today.”
Fragment 48
11, 5 >τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἔξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτόν< Τὸ μὲν οὖν· >τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν< πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς λέγεται, τὸ δέ· >ἕξει φίλον<, ἴνα εἴπῃ τὸν θεὸν φίλον τυγχάνοντα τοῖς ἁγίοις, ὡς τῷ Μωϋσῇ καὶ τῷ Ἀβραάμ. τάχα δὲ καὶ >μεσονύκτιον< ὁ >συνεσταλμένος< οὗτός ἐστι >καιρὸς< τοῦ βίου, ὅτε ὁ ὀλοθρευτὴς εἰσέρχεται εἰς πᾶσαν οἰκίαν τῆς ἐν κόσμῳ Αἰγύπτου, ἔνθα μὴ κέχρισται ἡ φλιὰ τῶν θυρῶν τῷ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἴματι. Αἰτεῖ μαθητὴς τὸν φίλον >τρεῖς ἄρτους<, βοθλόμενοσ θρέψαι τῇ περὶ τῆς τριάδος θεολογίᾳ τὸν γινόμενον πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ, καθά φησιν· >ἐκτὸς ἐμοῦ οὐ δύνασθε ποιεῖν οὐδέν<. Ἀλλὰ πῶς ἔσωθεν ἀποκρίνεται ὁ φίλος λέγων· >μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε< Ζητήσεις δέ, μήποτε >οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι< τοὺς ἑαυτῶν κόπους παρέχομεν τῷ σωτῆρι, διὸ >τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν φέρει καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν ὀδυνᾶται<· ἢ ὥσπερ τῷδε μὲν ὑπνοῖ ὁ θεός, ἄλλῳ δὲ ἁμαρτάνοντι ὁργίξεσθαι λέγεται, οὕτω καὶ κόπους ἔχειν ἀπὸ τοῦ παρέχοντος αὐτῷ.
“Which of you will have a friend, and will go to him?” The words “which of you” are spoken to the disciples. “Will have a friend” is meant to say that God is a friend to the saints, as he was to Moses and to Abraham. Perhaps this “midnight,” which is called “shut in” [or “cramped”], is the time of this life, when the destroyer enters every house of the Egypt that is in the world, wherever the doorposts have not been anointed with the blood of Christ. The disciple asks his friend for “three loaves,” wanting to feed with the teaching about the Trinity the one who has come to him from the road. As he says: “Apart from me you can do nothing.” But how is it that the friend answers from inside, saying, “Do not cause me trouble”? You might also ask whether we who are “weary and burdened” bring our troubles upon the Savior, which is why “he bears our weaknesses and suffers pain for us.” Or else, just as God is said to sleep in one case, and in another case, to be angry with someone who sins, so too he is said to have troubles from the one who brings them to him.
Fragment 49
11, 9 >αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν< Πλὴν ἀληθοῦς οὔσης τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος θέσεως λεγούσης. >αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν<, ἣν καὶ πιστοῦται διὰ τοῦ φάναι. >πᾶς ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει<, ζητήσαι ἄν τις, πῶς τινες εὐχόμενοι οὐκ ἀκούονται. Πρὸς ὃ λεκτέον, ὅτι ὁ ὁδῷ τῇ ἀκολούθῳ ἐπὶ τὸ αἰτεῖν ἐρχόμενος, οὐδέν παραλέιψας τῶν συντελούτων πρὸς τὸ τυχεῖν τῶν σπουδαζομένων, πάντως λήψεται, ὃ παρεκάλεσε δοθῆναι αὐτῷ· εἰ δέ τις ἔξω χωρήσας τοῦ σκοποῦ τῆς παραδοθείσης αἰτήσεως δόξει αἰτεῖν, οὐκ αἰτῶν ὃν δεῖ τρόπον, οὐδ’ ὅλως αἰτεῖ· διὸ μὴ λαμβάνοντος αὐτοῦ οὐ ψευδοποιεῖται τό· >πᾶς ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει>. Καὶ γὰρ διδασκάλου λέγοντος· πᾶς ὁ προσιών μοι μαθημάτων ἕνεκα ἕξει αὐτῶν ἐπιστήμην, τὸ προσιέναι τῷ διδασκάλῳ πραγματικῶς ἐκλαμβάνομεν, τοῦτ' ἔστι μετὰ τοῦ συντόνως προσέχειν τοῖς παρὰ τοῦ διδασκάλου, μετὰ τοῦ ἀσκεῖν καὶ μελετᾶν αὐτό. Τῷ δὲ μὴ οὕτω προσιόντι λεκτέον· οὐ προσῆλθες αὐτῷ ὡς προετρέψατο. Ὃ φανερώτερον ποιῶν Ἰάκωβος γράφων τὴν ἐπιστολήν φησιν· >τινὲς αἰτεῖν οὐ λαμβάνουσιν, κακῶς αἰτούμενοι ἡδονῶν ματαίων ἕνεκα<. ερεῖ τις· καὶ μὴν ὑπέρ γνώσεως θείας καὶ ἀναλήψεως ἀρετῶν αἰτούμενοί τινες οὐ λαμβάνουσιν. Πρὸς ὃν λεκτέον, ὅτι οὐ καθ’ αὑτὰ τὰ ἀγαθὰ λαβεῖν ἡξίωσαν, ἀλλ' ἕνεκα τοῦ ἐπαινεῖσθαι δι’ αὐτά. Ἔστι δὲ φιληδόνων καὶ τὸ χαίρειν ἐπαίνοις· ὅθεν καὶ τούτοις οὐ δίδοται, ἐπεὶ εἰς ἡδονὰς καταδαπανῆσαι θέλουσι τὰ περὶ ὧν ἀξιοῦσιν.
“Ask, and it will be given to you.” The Savior’s statement, “Ask, and it will be given to you,” is true, and he confirms it by saying, “Everyone who asks receives.” Still, someone might ask how it is that some people pray and are not heard. To this we must say: whoever comes to ask by the proper way, leaving out nothing that contributes to obtaining what he is eager for, will certainly receive what he begged to be given. But if someone strays from the purpose of the request that was handed down to us, and only seems to ask, then he is not asking in the way he should, and he is not really asking at all. So when he does not receive, the saying “Everyone who asks receives” is not proved false. Consider a teacher who says, “Everyone who comes to me for lessons will gain knowledge of them.” We understand “coming to the teacher” in a practical sense: that is, paying close attention to what the teacher says, and practicing and studying it. To the one who does not come this way, we must say, “You did not come to him as he urged you.” James makes this clearer when he writes in his letter: “Some ask and do not receive, because they ask badly, for the sake of empty pleasures.” Someone will object: “But some people ask for divine knowledge and for the acquiring of virtues, and they do not receive.” To him we must answer that they did not seek to receive these good things for their own sake, but in order to be praised because of them. Taking pleasure in praise belongs to lovers of pleasure. So these people are not given anything either, since they want to spend on pleasures the very things they ask for.
Fragment 50
11, 11 >τίνα δέ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱός< Σὺ δὲ ὅρα, εἰ >ἄρτος< μέν ἡ ἀναγκαία τῆς ψυχῆς ἐν γνώσει τροφή, ἧς ἄνευ οὔκ ἐστι σώζεσθαι, οἶον ὁ περὶ τοῦ πῶς βιωτέον ἀκριβὴς λόγος, >ἰχθὺς< δέ ἢ οἶον ὄψον φιλομάθεια, οἶον τὸ >εἰδέναι σύστασιν κόσμου, ἐνέργειαν στοιχείων, ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος καὶ μεσότητα χρόνων< καὶ ὅσα ἐξὴς ἡ Σοφία καταλέγει. Οὔτε οὖν ἀντὶ ἄρτου λίθον δίδωσιν ὁ θεός, ὃν ὁ διόβολος ἐβούλετο ὑπὸ Ἰησοῦ ἐσθίεσθαι, οὔτε >ἀντὶ ἰχθύος ὄφιν< ὃν ἐσθίουσιν οἱ ἀνάξιοι τοῦ ἰχθύας ἐσθίειν Αἰθίοπες — ἐκεῖ γάρ φησιν ὁ ψαλμός. >σὺ συνέθλασας τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ δράκοντος ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕδατος, ἔδωκας αὐτὸν βρῶμα μαοῖς τοῖς Αἰθίοψιν< — οὔτε ἁπλῶς ἀντὶ τοῦ τροφίμου καὶ ὡφελοῦντος τὰ ἄβρωτα καὶ βλάπτοντα.
“Which of you, if his son asks his father...” Consider whether “bread” is the soul’s necessary food in knowledge, without which it cannot be saved, such as the precise teaching about how one ought to live. And “fish” would be like a relish, the love of learning, such as “knowing the structure of the world, the working of the elements, the beginning and end and middle of times,” and everything else that Wisdom goes on to list. So God does not give a stone in place of bread, which the devil wanted Jesus to eat. Nor does he give “a serpent in place of a fish.” The serpent is eaten by the Ethiopians, who are unworthy to eat fish. For there the psalm says: “You crushed the head of the dragon on the water; you gave him as food to the Ethiopian peoples.” Nor, in simple terms, does he give what is inedible and harmful in place of what is nourishing and beneficial.
Fragment 51
11, 24 >ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται< Τέ ἐστι τὸ >διέρχεσθαι τὸ πνεῦμα< τὸ πονηρὸν >δἰ' ἀνύδρων τόπων ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον<; Ἄνυδροι τόποι ὑπῆρχον οἱ ἐξ ἐθνῶν τὸ πρότερον, νυνὶ δέ πεπλήρωνται ὕδατος Μου καὶ οὐκέτι παρέχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν αὐτῷ. ποιεῖται τοίνυν ἐπιστροφὴν πρὸς τὸ πρότερον αὐτοῦ δοχεῖον, τοὺς ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, ὁ Σατανᾶς. οὗτοι γὰρ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ὄντες, ἔνοικον ἦν αὐτοῖς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν διὰ τὸ ἤθεσί τε καὶ νόμοις τῶν Αἰγυπτίων συναναστρέφεσθαι, ἐπειδὴ δὲ λελύτρωνται διὰ Μωüσέως ἐλέει θεοῦ, ἐξῆλθεν. Νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐ πεπιστεύκασιν εἰς Χριστόν, ἀλλ' ἀπώσαντο τὸν λυτρωτήν, ἐπεπήδησεν πόλιν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς >τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα<, καὶ ὡς εὖρεν αὐτοὺς οὐκέτι θεῖον ἔχοντας ἐν αὐτοῖς οὐδέν, ἀλλ' ἐρήμους ὄντας καὶ σχολάξοντας αὐτῷ πρὸς ἐνοίκησιν, κατῳκήσατο δηλαδὴ μετὰ πάσης αὐτοῦ τῆς δυνάμεως. Τοῦτο γὰρ φαίνεται δηλοῦν· >ἑπτὰ< λέγων πνεύματα< μετ’ αὐτοῦ, καθάπερ εἴωθεν ἐπὶπλήθους ὁνομάξεινἡ τὸν τοσοῦτον ἀριθμόν, ἐπειδὰν λέγη, ὅτι >στεῖρα ἔτεκεν ἑπτὰ καὶ ἡ ἐν τέκνοις ἠσθένησεν<. Οὑδὲ γὰρ >τὸ πνεῦμα< τὸ ἔσχον ἐν Αἰγύπιῳ, τοιοῦτο ἔχουσιν οἱ >εἰς τὸν υἱόν μου πεπλήρωνται δέ καὶ ἄλλων πνευμάτων πονηρῶν, καὶ γέγονεν αὐτοῖς >τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων<· χείρονα γὰρ τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ νῦν ἐπειδήπερ εἰς Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν Χριστὸν οὐ πεπιστεύκασιν, ἀλλὰ >τὸν ἀρχηγὸν ζωῆς ἀπέκτειναν<, ὕθεν ἐστερήθησαν τῆς ζωῆς. Καὶ οὐκέτι λέγει αὐτοῖς προφήτης, τόδε λέγει κύριος, οὐκέτι σημεῖον ἐν αὐτοῖς, οὐκέτι τέρας, οὐκέτι σημεῖον ἐπιφανείας καὶ παρουσίας τοῦ θεοῦ. μεταβέβηκε γàρ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, κατὰ τὸν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λόγον εἰρηκότος· κότος· >ἀρθήσεται ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἔθνει ποιοῦντι τοὺ( καρποὺς αὐτῆς<· ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν τὸ ἔθνος, οἷς >ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ<, ἡ εὐαγγελικὴ πολιτεία.
“When the unclean spirit goes out of the person, it passes through…” What does it mean that the evil spirit “passes through waterless places, seeking rest and not finding it”? The waterless places were once the people from the nations. Now they have been filled with water [of mine?], and they no longer give it rest. So Satan turns back to his former dwelling, those from Israel. When they were in Egypt, the evil spirit lived in them, because they shared the customs and laws of the Egyptians. When they were set free through Moses by God’s mercy, it went out. But now they have not believed in Christ. They have pushed away the Redeemer, and so the unclean spirit has leapt on them again. It found nothing divine left in them, only emptiness, and them standing idle and open to its dwelling, and so it settled in with all its power. This seems to be what the text shows when it says that “seven” spirits are with it. Scripture is accustomed to name such a number for a multitude, as when it says, “The barren woman bore seven, and she who had many children grew weak.” For the spirit they had in Egypt is not the kind that [those who acted against my son] now have. They have been filled with other evil spirits as well, and “the last things have become worse than the first.” They are now worse off than they were in Egypt, because they did not believe in Jesus Christ but “killed the author of life,” and so they were deprived of life. No prophet says to them any longer, “Thus says the Lord.” There is no longer any sign among them, no wonder, no sign of God’s appearing and presence. The good things have passed over to us from the nations, according to the word of Jesus, who said, “The kingdom of God will be taken from them and given to a nation producing its fruits.” We are that nation, to whom belongs “the kingdom of God,” the way of life of the gospel.
Fragment 52
11, 33 >οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας εἰς κρυπτὴν τίθησιν οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον< Μοδίῳ μὲν γὰρ σιτομετρείσθωσαν ὑπὸ τοῦ >πιστοῦ καὶ φρονίμου οἰκο- νόμου< οἱ σύνδουλοι, βλεπέτωσαν δὲ τὰς αὐγὰς τοῦ λύχνου ἐπικειμένου 6 τῇ λυχνίᾳ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν διὰ λόγου προσαγομένου >οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ πάντες<, τοῦτ' ἔστιν οἱ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. Ἀλλ' οὑδὲ >ὐπὸ τὴν κλίνην< τιθέασι τὸν λύχνον, ἔνθα τις ἀναπαύεται, οὐδὲ ἄλλου τινὸς >σκεύους ὑποκάτω<· τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ ποιῶν οὐ προνεῖται τῶν εἰσπορευομένων εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν.
“No one lights a lamp and puts it in a hidden place or under the measuring bowl.” Let the fellow servants have their grain measured out in the measuring bowl by “the faithful and wise steward.” But let “all those in the house,” that is, in the church, see the rays of the lamp as it stands on the lampstand and is brought into the open through the word. Nor do people put the lamp “under the bed,” where someone lies down to rest, or “under any vessel.” Whoever does this takes no thought for those who are coming into the house.
Fragment 53
11, 34 >ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὁφθαλμός σου< Δοκεῖ γάρ μοι ἐν τῷ. >ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὁφθαλμός< τοιοῦτόν τι ἀποφαίνεσθαι. τὸ διορατικὸν ἐν τῇ ὅλη ψυχῇ, ἐν τῷ ὅλῳ ἀνθρώπῳ ὁ νοῦς ἐστιν. Ἵνα δέ τούτου ἐπιμέλειαν ποιώμεθα, εἴρηται τό· >ἔστωσαν ὑμῖν οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι<· οἱονεὶ γὰρ ἅπτομεν τὸν ἐν ἡμῖν λύχνον, ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς ἐν νοητικῆς νοητικῆς δυνάμεως ποιούμενοι. Τοιοῦτόν ἐστι καὶ τό· >οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας εἰς τὴν κρυπτὴν τίθησιν, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν<· ἅπτουσι γὰρ λύχνον οἷς μέλει σοφίας καὶ λόγου καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰ θεῖα γυμωασίας, ἶνα γένωνται τέλειοι, οὐκ ἄλλως ἐγγινομένης τῆς τελειότητός τινι ἢ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ τὰ θεῖα αἰσθητήρια καὶ νοητὰ γυμνασίας, ὅπερ σαφές ἐποίει Παῦλος λέγων· >τελειων δέ ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφὴ τῶν διὰ τὴν ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόνυτων πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ<· οὖτοί εἰσιν οἷς δύναται λαλεῖσθαι ἡ τοῖς τελείοις λαλουμένη σοφία, περὶ ἧς φησιν· >σοφίαν δέ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις< Ὀφθαλμόν γε μὴν κυρίως φησὶν τὸν ἐν ἡμῖν νοῦν, περὶ ὅν ἐστιν ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐν μόνῳ τῷ σπουδαίῳ τῆς ἁπλότητος, μηδεμίαν ἔχοντι διπλόην καὶ δόλον καὶ σχίσιν καὶ διάστασιν καὶ μερισμὸν ἐν αὐτῷ. ἐν δὲ τῷ φαύλῳ τῆς πονηρίας καὶ παντὸς ἁμαρτήματος. Ἐπίσκεψαι δέ, εἰ δύνασαι τροπολογῆσαι ἀκολούθως τῷ >ὀφθαλμῷ< καὶ τὸ >σῶμα<, ὥστε ἤτοι τὴν ὅλην ψυχήν, κἂν μὴ σωματικὴ τυγχάνῃ, φάσκειν νῦν λέγεσθαι τὸ σῶμα — νοῦν γὰρ ἐν ψυχῇ ἀνθρώπου ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν — ἢ τό λοιπὸν παρὰ τὸν νοῦν, τοῦτ’ ἔστι τὸ σύνθετον ἐκ τῆς λοιπῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ σώματος, λέγειν εἶναι τὸ σῶμα.
“The lamp of the body is your eye.” It seems to me that in the words “the lamp of the body is the eye” he is saying something like this: the faculty of seeing clearly in the whole soul, in the whole person, is the mind. And so that we would take care of it, it was said, “Let your lamps be burning.” For we light, as it were, the lamp within us when we take care of our power of understanding. “No one lights a lamp and puts it in a hidden place, but on the lampstand” is a saying of the same kind. For those light a lamp who care about wisdom and reason and training in divine things, so that they may become perfect. Perfection comes to a person in no other way than through the training of the faculties of perception, both of the senses and of the mind, in divine matters. Paul made this clear when he said, “Solid food belongs to the perfect, who through habit have their faculties trained to distinguish good from evil.” These are the people to whom the wisdom spoken to the perfect can be spoken, about which he says, “We speak wisdom among the perfect.” By “eye” he means, properly speaking, the mind in us. In the earnest person only, the source of this mind is simplicity, with no double-mindedness, deceit, splitting, dissension or division in it. In the base person, its source is wickedness and every sin. Consider also whether you can interpret “body” figuratively in a way that fits with “eye.” Either the whole soul, even though it is not bodily, is here called “the body” (for God made the mind in the soul of a human being), or else what remains besides the mind, that is, the composite of the rest of the soul and the body, is what he calls the body.
Φωτίζεται γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ κυρίως μέν ὅλη ψυχή, εἴποι δ' ἄν τις, ὅτι φθάνει καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ νοῦ ἤτοι ἁπλότης — ἀγόμενον ὑπ' αὐτοῦ — ἢ πονηρία — χρώμενον αὐτῷ ὀργανικῶς εἰς ἁμαρτίαν. Καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς δέ, εἰ ἐν τῷ. >ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς< τροπολογι- κῶς τὸ σῶμα ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς λαμβάνομεν, καίτοι γε τῷ ἱδίῳ λόγῳ οὔσης ἁοράτου καὶ ἀσωμάτου — κατὰ γὰρ τὴν εἰκόνα γέγονε τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ — , ἐπείπερ τροπολογικῶς καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς εὑρίσκομεν ὁμωνύ- μως τοῖς σωματικοῖς μέρεσιν οὐκ οὔσας >σώματα< ὀνομαξομένας. Ἐν γὰρ τῷ· >φώτισον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου< οὐ σωματικοὶ δηλοῦνται ὀφθαλμοί, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ. >προσέθηκέ μοι ὠτίον< οὐ περὶ σωμάτων ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος, οὐδ’ ὅταν λέγη· >ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω<. Ἐν δέ τῷ Ἄισματι τῆς νύμφης, ἤτοι ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴν ἀναγομένης νυμφίῳ κοινωνούσης τῷ χριστῷ ἢ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ >τρίχωμα< ἰδίως καὶ >ὀδόντες< καὶ >χείλη< καὶ >τράχηλος< καὶ >μαστοὶ< ἐπαινοῦνται ὑπὸ τοῦ νυμφίου, ἀναγομένων τούτων, ἐὰν περὶ ψυχῆς ἐρμηνεύηται, ἐπὶ τὰς δυνάμεις αὐτῆς. Εὕροις δ’ ἂν καὶ τό· >ὀ πούς μου οὐ μὴ προσχόφῃ< ἀναφερόμενον ἐπὶ τὴν πορευτικὴν τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμιν. Πολλὰ δ'ἂν καὶ αὐτὸς εὑρήσεις τοιαῦτα ἐπιστήσας τῇ γραφῆ κείμενα, ἀφ' ὦν δυνήσῃ μὴ προσκόψαι τῇ ἀποδόσει τοῦ πῶς τὸ σῶμα εἴρηται ἐν τῷ.
For the whole soul is properly enlightened by the mind. Yet one could say that the mind’s simplicity reaches even to the body, when the body is led by the mind. Or its wickedness reaches the body, when the mind uses the body as an instrument for sin. Do not be surprised if in the saying “the lamp of the body is the eye” we take “body” figuratively for the soul. The soul is, in its own definition, invisible and bodiless, for it was made according to the image of the invisible God. But we find that the powers of the soul are also figuratively called by the same names as the bodily parts, though they are not bodies. For in the words “enlighten my eyes” bodily eyes are not meant. In “he added an ear for me” the discourse is not about bodies either, nor when he says, “Let the one who has ears to hear, hear.” In the Song, the bride is either the soul of a person brought up to share with Christ as her bridegroom, or the church. There the bridegroom praises her hair in particular, her teeth, her lips, her neck and her breasts. If these are explained of the soul, they are referred to its powers. You could also find the words “my foot shall not stumble” applied to the soul’s power of moving forward. You will find many such passages yourself if you pay attention to Scripture. They will keep you from stumbling over how “body” is meant in the saying
>ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς< καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὁμοίοις. Εὑρήσεις δέ ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις τὸ >αἴσθησιν θείαν< ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ λεγόμενον, πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν τῆς μὴ >θείας αἰσθήσεως<. Οὐ >θεία< μὲν γὰρ >αἴσθησις< ἧς καὶ τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα κεκοινώνηκεν , ὁρῶντα καὶ ἀκούοντα, γευόμενά τε καὶ ὁσφραινόμενα καὶ ἁπτόμενα. >θεία< δέ ἧς οὐδὲ πάντες ἄνθρωποι μετέχουσιν, ἀλλ' οἶ τοιαῦτα ποιήσαντες, οἶς ἐπιφέρεται τό· >αἴσθησιν θείαν εὐρήσεις<. Διόπερ μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ καὶ τὸ τοῦ >σώματος< ὄνομα ἀνάλογον τοῖς ὀνόμασι τῶν μερῶν τοῦ σώματος ἀναγομένοις ἐπὶ τὰς δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπὶ ὅλην ἀναφέρεται τὴν ψυχὴν ἐν τῷ. >ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός<. Οὑ φαμέν δέ ταῦτα ὡς πανταχοῦ τῆς ὁνομασίας τοῦ σώματος τροπολογουμένης· ἴσμεν γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ ἄλλων τετάχθαι τὸ τοῦ >σώματος< ὄνομα, ὡς ἐν τῷ. >μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπο- κτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα< καί· >ὑμεῖς ἐστε σῶμα Χριστοῦ<.
“the lamp of the body is the eye,” and in similar places. In Proverbs you will find “divine perception” spoken of as a promise, in contrast to perception that is not divine. The perception that even the irrational animals share is not divine: they see and hear, taste, smell and touch. The perception that is divine is one that not even all human beings share. It belongs to those who have done such things as the verse refers to when it adds, “you will find divine perception.” So do not be surprised if the name “body,” by analogy with the names of the body’s parts, which are referred to the powers of the soul, is applied to the whole soul in the saying “the lamp of the body is the eye.” We do not say this as though the word “body” is explained figuratively everywhere. We know that the name “body” is also used of other things, as in “do not fear those who kill the body,” and “you are the body of Christ.”
Fragment 54
Τοῦ δέ ἐφεξῆς ῥητοῦ τοιοῦτον εἶναι τὸν λόγον νομίζω· εἴπερ οὖν διὰ τὸ >τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν< γεγονέναι, φωτισθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ λύχνου τοῦ σώματος, μηδέν ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ μέρος ἔτι σκοτεινόν, μηδαμῶς ἁμαρτάνοντι ἔτι, οὕτως ἔσται φωτεινὸν τό ὅλον σῶμα, ὡς παραβάλλεσθαι τὰς αὐγὰς αὐτοῦ λύχνῳ ἐν φωτιζούσῃ ἀστραπῇ, κἂν φωτίζῃ, οὐ σκότος λύοντι. Ἀστραπῇ μὲν γὰρ ἔοικε λαμπροτάτῃ ὁ ἀπὸ τοῦ νοῦ φωτισμός, λύχνῳ δέ ἐν ἀστραπῇ φωτιζούσῃ τὸ ἐν τῷ σώματι φῶς, πεφυκότι εἶναι σκό- τος, ἀγομένῳ, ὅπου ὁ νοῦς βούλεται. Εἰ οὖν τῶν ἐν ἀμαθίᾳ καὶ ἀγνοίᾳ ὁ νοῦς τῇ φύσει φῶς τυγχάνων σκότος ἐστίν, πάντως καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα, τοῦτ' ἔστι τὸ παθητικὸν μέρος τῆς ψυχῆς, ὅπερ ἐστὶ τὸ θυμικὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμητικόν, πολλῷ μᾶλλον σκότος ἐστίν.
I think the meaning of the next saying is this. If, because “your body has become full of light,” the body has been enlightened by its lamp, and there is no part in you still dark, since you no longer sin at all, then the whole body will be so full of light that its rays can be compared to a lamp in a flash of lightning that gives light, even if it does not dispel darkness. The enlightenment that comes from the mind is like the brightest lightning. The light in the body is like a lamp in the flashing lightning. By nature that lamp is darkness, and it is led wherever the mind wishes. So if the mind of those living in ignorance and lack of knowledge, though by nature it is light, is darkness, then certainly the whole body, that is, the passionate part of the soul, which is the spirited and desiring part, is much more darkness.
Fragment 55
11, 35 >σκόπει οὖν μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν< >Σκόπει οὖν μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐδτίν<· ἐξὸν οὖν ἦν ὑμῖν, φησίν, καθαρὸν κατασκευαζειν τὸν νοῦν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καταλαμπρύνειν ἑαυτῶν τούς τε λόγους καὶ τὰς πράξεις. Ὑμεῖς δὲ τοὐναντίον ποιεῖτε, ὅθεν χρὴ προάγειν φῶς, ἐντεῦθεν προάγετε σκότος, ἐκ πονηρῶν ἐννοιῶν τὸν φθόνον ἔχοντες.
“See to it, then, that the light in you is not darkness.” He says: it was possible for you to make your mind pure, and through this to make both your words and your actions shine. But you do the opposite. From the very place where you ought to bring out light, you bring out darkness, since you harbor envy out of wicked thoughts.
Fragment 56
12, 2 >οὐδὲν δὲ συγκεκαλυμμένον ἐστίν, ὁ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται< Ἢ τοίνυν περὶ τοῦ καιροῦ ἐκείνου τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτε >κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων< καὶ >φωτιεῖ τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν καρδιῶν<. Ἢ ἐκεῖνό φησιν ὅτι, ὅσῳ πειρᾶταί τις καλύπτειν τὰ καλὰ τῇ κατηγορίᾳ, κατὰ φύσιν τὸ καλὸν ἀκάλυπτόν ἐστιν.
“Nothing is covered up that will not be uncovered.” Either he is speaking about that time when “God will judge the secrets of men” and “will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and make plain the counsels of hearts.” Or he means this: however much someone tries to cover up good things by accusing them, by nature what is good cannot be covered.
Fragment 57
12, 6 >οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο< Τήρει δέ, ὅτι οὐ πτῶσιν στρουθίου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς εἶπεν, ὡς ὁ Ματθαῖος. πέντε δέ στρουθία νῦν τοῦ δικαίου τὰς αἰσθήσεις αἰνίττεται, αἳ τῶν μετεώρων καὶ ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον αἰσθάνονται, ὁρῶσαι τὰ θεῖα, ἀκούουσαι φωνῆς θεοῦ, γευόμεναι >ζῶντος ἄρτου<, ὁσφραινόμεναι Χριστοῦ μύρων εὐωδίας, >ἐλαίου ἀγαλλιάσεως< ἁπτόμεναι λόγου ζῶντος, αἴ τινες, ἐξευ- τελιζόμεναι ὑπὸ τῶν >τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος< μωρίαν καὶ εὔωνα κρινόντων, >οὔκ εἰσιν ἐπιλελησμέναι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ< εἰ δὲ ὁ λόγος ἐπράθη τριά- κοντα ἀργυρίοις, οὐ θαυμαστόν, εἰ καὶ θεῖαι αἰσθήσεις δύο ἀσσαρίων. Τὸ μέντοι ἐμφαῖνον ῥητόν, μηδὲ τὸ ἐλάχιστον στρουθίον >ἐπιλελησμένον< εἶναι >ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ<, συνεξέτασον τοῖς ἐμφαίνουσι ῥητοῖς, ἐπιλανθάνεσθαί τινων τὸν θεὸν δι’ ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. Ῥητῶς μέν οὖν τὸ λεπτομερὲς τῆς προνοίας καὶ ἡ μέχρι τῶν λεπτῶν γνῶσις ἐν τούτοις δηλοῦται, νοητῶς δὲ πίπτει ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οἶα στρουθία. Τό φρόνημα, ἐπὰν δέον ἄνω φέρεσθαι, τὰ κάτω ζητεῖ τοῖς τῆς σαρκὸς ἐνεχομένον κακοῖς, παραδοθὲν >εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας< καὶ τὸ ἐλεύθερον μετὰ τοῦ τιμίου ἀπολωλοεκός. τοιοῦτος δὲ ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου μετεωρισθεὶς καὶ τὰ γήϊνα φρονήσας. Κατὰ δὲ τὸ ῥητὸν πάλιν τό· >οὑ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἄνευ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν< οὐ τὴν βούλησιν δείκνυσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πρόγνωσιν· τῶν γὰρ γινομένων ἃ μέν κατὰ βούλησιν γίνεται, ἃ δὲ κατ' εὐδοκίαν, ἃ δὲ κατὰ συγχώρησιν.
“Are not five sparrows sold for two assarions?” Notice that Luke did not speak of a sparrow falling to the ground, as Matthew did. Here the five sparrows hint at the five senses of the righteous person. These senses perceive things above and beyond the human: they see divine things, hear the voice of God, taste “the living bread,” smell the fragrance of Christ’s perfumes, and touch “the oil of gladness,” the living Word. Though they are despised by those who judge “the things of the Spirit” to be folly and cheap, they “are not forgotten before God.” If the Word himself was sold for thirty pieces of silver, it is no wonder that divine senses go for two assarions. Compare the passage that says not even the smallest sparrow “is forgotten before God” with the passages that show God forgetting some people because of their sins. Taken literally, these words show how fine-grained God’s providence is, and that his knowledge reaches down to the smallest things. Taken spiritually, people fall to the earth like sparrows. The mind should be carried upward, but instead it seeks the things below, caught in the evils of the flesh. It has been handed over “to passions of dishonor,” and has lost both its freedom and its honor. Such is the person who was lifted up by the Word and then set his mind on earthly things. Again, on the literal level, “it will not fall to the ground without your Father” does not point to his will but to his foreknowledge. Of the things that happen, some happen by his will, some by his good pleasure, and some by his permission.
Fragment 58
12, 19 >καὶ ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου· ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθά< >Ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα<· ὡς γὰρ κάτω κείμενος ἔλεγεν, >ἒχεις ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλὰ< ἐν τῇ περὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν πλανώμενος κρίσει· ἠγνόει γάρ, ὅτι ὄντως ἀγαθὰ οὐκ ἐν τῇ κατηραμένῃ γῇ, ἀλλ' ἐν οὐρανῷ. Ἔνθα οὐκ >εἰς ἔτη πολλά<, ἀλλὰ εἰς ἀπεράντους αἰῶνας ἡ τῶν μακαρίων ἐστὶν ἀνάπαυσις καὶ εὐφροσύνη ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ.
“And I will say to my soul: Soul, you have many good things.” “You have many good things laid up.” He spoke as one who was lying down below, “You have good things laid up for many years,” and he was mistaken in his judgment about what is good. He did not know that the things that are truly good are not in the cursed earth but in heaven. There the rest and joy of the blessed in Christ Jesus last not “for many years” but for endless ages.
Fragment 59
12, 35 >ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὁσφύες περιεζωσμέναι< Τῶν ἐν ἁγνείᾳ ζώντων >αἱ ὀσφύες ἐζωσμέναι< εἴσίν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ νὺξ ὁ βίος ἡμῶν, λύχνου δεόμεθα, ὅς ἔστι νοῦς ὀφθαλμὸς ὢν ψυχῆς, καὶ εἰ ἐν τῷ >ἔσω ἀνθρώπῳ< ἔστιν ἐγρήγορσις, εὐλόγως τὰ πολλὰ ἢ πάντα ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ ἐγρηγόρσεως ἡμῖν δεῖ, διό τε τοὺς ἐφεδρεύοντας, >ἀρχὰς< δὴ λέγω >καὶ ἐξουσίας<, πρὸς ἃ >ἡ >ἵνα ἶνα εὕρωμεν τῷ κυρίῳ τόπον, σκήνωμα τῷ θεῷ Ἰακώβ<, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε, ἵνα ἀνοίξωμεν κρούσαντι τῷ δεσπότῃ. Τήρει ὅτι καὶ ὁ τοῦ ἐγρηγορέναι μισθὸς δίδοται. >περιζώσεται<, γάρ φησιν, ἔστι δὲ >διεζωσμένος τὴν ὀσφὺν< κατὰ τό· >ἐνεδύσατο κύριος δύνα- μιν καὶ περιεζώσατο<, ἐν ῇ κατ' ἀξίαν ἕκαστον >ἀνακλινεῖ< καὶ κατ' ἀξίαν ἑκάστῳ >διακονήσει< ἀποδιδοὺς >ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ<.
“Let your loins be girded.” The loins of those who live in purity are girded. But since our life is also a night, we need a lamp. The lamp is the mind, which is the eye of the soul. And if wakefulness belongs to the “inner person,” it is reasonable that we need to be awake for much or all of this life, both because of those who lie in wait (I mean “rulers and authorities”) [the text is defective here, “against which . . .”], and so that we may find “a place for the Lord, a dwelling for the God of Jacob,” and sometimes so that we may open to the master when he knocks. Notice that a reward is given for staying awake. For he says, “He will gird himself,” and he is “girded about the loin” in the sense of the words, “The Lord has clothed himself with power and girded himself.” In that power he will “make each one recline” according to worth, and will “serve” each one according to worth, “rendering to each according to his works.”
Fragment 60
Ἔτι ἑκάστου τῇ ψυχῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἐπιβουλεύων ἔρχεται καὶ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ φυλάσσων ἐπιφαίνεται. Διὰ τοῦτο γρηγόρησον, ρησον, ἴν εἰ μὲν >ὁ κλέπτης< ἔλθοι ἐγρηγορότα εὑρὼν τὸν οἰκοδεσπό- την, μὴ διορύξῃ >αὐτοῦ οἶκον<, εἰ δὲ >ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου< παραγένοιτο, ἵνα κρούσαντι αὐτῷ >εὐθέως< ἀνοίξῃ. ἐὰν γὰρ καθεύδοντα εὔρῃ καὶ κρούσῃ κάκεῖνος μὴ ἀνοίξῃ, ἄπεισι καταλιμπάνων αὐτόν. Ἑξῆς δὲ τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ ὁ γρηγορήσας ἐν αὐτῷ >ἡδέως ὑπνώσει καὶ οὐ πτοηθήσεται πτόησιν ἐπελθοῦσαν<. Οὕτω >Δαβὶδ ἐκοιμήθη μετὰ τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ< καὶ οἱ καθεξῆς, ὅπερ ἐπ' οὐδενὸς τῶν ἀπ' ἀλλοτρίου σπέρματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀναγεγραμμένον μέχρι τοῦ παρόντος εὕρομεν, ὡς τάχα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λέγειν τὸν ἀπόστολον. >οὐ πάντες κοιμηθησόμεθα<. Εἰ πάντες κοιμηθησόμεθα, >μακάριοι τοίνυν οἱ δοῦλοι, οὓς ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος εὕρῃ γρηγοροῦντας<, ἶνα χωρὶς ὑπερθέσεως δῷ αὐτοῖς τὸν μισθόν, >δικαιοσύνῃ ἐξ ωσμένος τὴν ὀσφῦν<. Ἐφίσταται δὲ τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ ἀπαιτη- θήσεσθαί τινα τὴν ψυχήν, ὁποῖος ποτ' ἂν ᾖ. Εἰ γὰρ ἐπέστη τῷ εἰπόντι· >καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ μείζοντας ποιήσω<, καὶ >εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ἄφρον, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ<, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοῖς μακαρίοις καὶ ἁγίοις ἐπιστήσεται μετὰ >τὸ ἀναλῦσαι< σὺν κυρίῳ ἐσομένοις;
Furthermore, the thief comes plotting against each person’s soul, and the Word of God appears to guard his own. So stay awake. If “the thief” comes and finds the master of the house awake, he will not break into “his house.” And if “the Son of Man” arrives, you will be able to open to him “immediately” when he knocks. For if he finds you asleep and you do not open when he knocks, he goes away and leaves you. After this life, the one who has stayed awake in it “will sleep sweetly and will not be afraid of a terror that comes.” So “David fell asleep with his fathers,” and so did those after him. Up to now I have not found this written of any of the saints who came from foreign seed. Perhaps that is also why the apostle says, “We shall not all fall asleep.” If we shall all fall asleep, then “blessed are the slaves whom the Lord, when he comes, finds awake.” They are blessed because he gives them their reward without delay, since they are “girded about the loin with righteousness.” He comes at the time when a person’s soul is to be demanded, whatever sort of person he may be. For if he came to the one who said, “I will pull down my storehouses and make bigger ones,” and “said to him, ‘Fool, this night they are demanding your soul from you,’” how much more will he come to the blessed and holy, who after “departing” will be with the Lord?
Fragment 61
12, 36 >καὶ ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις τὸν κύριον ἑαυτῶν< Ἔστι μέντοι ὕπνος καὶ ἐγρήγορσις, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ >ἔξω ἀνθρώπου< καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ >ἔσω<. Καὶ ἀπαιτούμεθα μὲν ἐγρηγορέναι, καθό φησιν ὁ σωτήρ· >γρηγορεῖτε καὶ προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν<, καὶ ἐν Παροιμίαις λέγεται· >μὴ δῷς ὕπνον σοῖς ὄμμασι μηδέ νυσταγμὸν σοῖς βλεφάροις<, κοιμᾶσθαι δέ, ὅτε ὁ μὲν σωτὴρ λέγει· >καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε< ὁ δὲ Σολομῶν. >ἐὰν γὰρ καθεύδῃς, ἄφοβος ἐσῃ. ἐὰν δέ καθεύδῃς, ἡδέως ὑπνώσεις καὶ οὐ φοβηθήσῃ πτόησιν ἐπελθοῦσάν σοι<.
Luke 12:36: “And you be like people waiting for their master.” There is sleep and there is wakefulness, in the inner person just as in the outer. We are required to stay awake, as the Savior says: “Watch and pray, so that you do not enter into temptation.” In Proverbs it is also said: “Give no sleep to your eyes, and no slumber to your eyelids.” But there is also a time to sleep, when the Savior says: “Sleep on now, and rest,” and when Solomon says: “If you sleep, you will be without fear; and if you sleep, your sleep will be sweet, and you will not be afraid of terror when it comes upon you.”
Fragment 62
Πλὴν τὰ πολλὰ ἢ καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ ἀγρυπνητέον ἐστίν, πῇ μέν διὰ τὸ ἐφεδρεύειν τοὺς πολεμίους, ὄντας οὐχ >αἷμα καὶ σάρκα, ἀλλ' ἐξουσίας καὶ κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ κόσμου τούτου καὶ πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρὶας<, ἴν' ἐκτοῦ ἐγρηγορέναι >σωζώμεθα ὥσπερ δορκαὶ ἐκ βρόχων καὶ ὥσπερ ὄρνεον ἐκ παγίδος< καὶ ἵνα τὰς ὀσφύας περιζωσάμενοι καὶ τοὺς λύχνους ἀναπτομένους ἔχοντες >ὅμοιοι< γενώμεθα >ἀνθρώποις προσδεψομένοις τόν κύριον ἑαυτῶν, ἵνα ἐλθόντος γα κρούσαντος εὐθέως ἀνοίξωμεν αὐτῷ<. Καὶ πρόσχες, εἰ μὴ λόγον ἔχει διὰ τὴν πρώτην καὶ δευτέραν καὶ τρίτην φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς ἢ καὶ τετάρτην, ἵνα ἐν πᾶσι γρηγορώμεθα, εἰρῆσθαι καὶ παρὰ τῷ Σολομῶντι τό· >πάσῃ φθλακῇ τήρει σὴν καρδίαν<.
Still, for most of this life, or even all of it, we must keep watch. One reason is that the enemies lie in wait. They are not “blood and flesh,” but “authorities and world-rulers of this world, and the spiritual forces of wickedness.” By staying awake we may be saved “like gazelles from snares and like a bird from a trap.” We are also to have our loins girded and our lamps burning, so that we become “like people waiting for their master, so that when he comes and knocks, we may open to him at once.” Consider also whether there is a reason, because of the first, second and third watch of the night, or even a fourth, that Solomon says, so that we may be watching in all of them: “Guard your heart with every watch.”
Fragment 63
12,37 >ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι περιζώσεται καὶ ἀνακλινεῖ αὐτούς< Διὰ τοῦτο δέ οἶμαι >περιζώσεται< ὁ Χριστός, μέλλων ἀνακλίνειν, οὓς εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας, ἐπείπερ κατὰ τὸν Ἡσαΐαν >ἔσται δικαιοσύνῃ ἐξωσμένος τὴν ὀσφῦν<. Τέ δὲ τό· >παρελθὼν διακονήσει αὐτοῖς<; καὶ ὅρα, εἰ δύνασαι δύο διακονίας εἰπεῖν, μίαν μέν τὴν ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ, καθ’ ἣν εἶπεν. >κἀγώ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν οὐχ ὡς ὁ ἀνακείμενος, ἀλλ' ὡς ὁ διακονῶν< ἑτέραν δέ, περὶ ἧς νυνί φησιν· >καὶ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ φυλακῇ, καὶ ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ καὶ εὔρῃ οὕτως, μακάριοί εἰσιν οἱ δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι<
Luke 12:37: “Truly I say to you, that he will gird himself and have them recline.” I think Christ “will gird himself” for this reason: he is about to have those whom he finds watching recline at table, since according to Isaiah “he will be girded with righteousness around the loins.” What of the words, “he will come and serve them”? See whether you can name two kinds of service. One is the service in this life, of which he said: “I am in your midst, not as one who reclines at table, but as one who serves.” The other is the one he speaks of here: “And if he comes in the second watch, and comes in the third watch, and finds them so, those servants are blessed.”
Fragment 64
12, 42 >τίς ἅρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος< Δοκεῖ δέ μοι νῦν τοῦ >πιστὸς< καὶ τοῦ >φρόνιμος< ἀκούειν οὔτε ἐπὶ μίαν τῶν ἀρετῶν, πίστιν ἰδίως λεγομένην κατὰ τὴν γραφήν, ἀγαφέροντα τὸ >πιστὸς οὔτε ἐφ’ ἑρέραν τὸ >φρόνιμος< καθὰ πάντως ὁ πιστὸς φρόνι- μός ἐστι καὶ ἀνάπαλιν ὁ φρόνιμος πιστός, τῷ ἀντακολουθεῖν τὰς ἀρετάς. Ἀλλ' ὥσπερ τὸ >φρόνιμος< ὄνομα κεῖταί ποτε οὐ κατὰ τὸν πεπεισμένον ἀρετη τῇ φρονήσει, ἀλλ' εἰς παράστασιν τοῦ ἐντρεχοῦς, ὃν δυνατόν ποτε καὶ φαῦλον εἶναι, καθὸ >ὁ ὅφις ὄφις ἦν φρονιμώτατος πάντων τῶν θηρίων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς<, οὕτω καὶ νῦν ὁ πιστὸς οὐ τέλειος τῷ τὴν πρόθεσιν αὐτῷ νενευκέναι πρὸς τὴν εἰς θεὸν πίστιν· κατà τοῦτο δὲ δυνατὸν μήτε πόντων τὸν πιστὸν φρόνιμον εἶναι, μήτε τὸν φρόνιμον πιστόν. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ κατ' αὐτὰ τὰ θεῖα γράμματά ἐστι φρόνιμος, οὐ πιστὸς δὲ καὶ ὁ οἰκονόμος, ἐντεῦθεν δῆλον· οὐ γὰρ πιστοῦ ἦν τὸ διασκορπίζειν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα τοῦ πλουσίου καὶ τὸ προσκαλέσασθαι ἔκαστον τῶν χρεωφειλετῶν τοῦ γυρίου αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ χρέος μειοῦν. Καὶ ὅτι μὲν οὐ πιστὸς ἦν, σαφῶς φαίνεται, ὅτι δὲ καὶ κατά τι σημαινόμενον φρόνιμος ἐτύγχανε, δῆλον· ἐπαινεῖ γὰρ ὁ κύριος τὸ ἐντρεχὲς αὐτοῦ, ψέγων αὐτοῦ τὸ ἄπιστον καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λέγων αὐτῷ. >οὐ δυνήσῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν<. Καὶ τάχα ἐν τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἀρκεῖ τισι πρὸς σωτηρίαν ἡ ὡς προείπομεν πίστις, ἐν δὲ τοῖς οἰκονόμοις ἀμφοτέρων χρεία, καὶ τοῦ πιστοῦ καὶ τοῦ φρονίμου· μὴ ὢν γὰρ τοιοῦτος, οὐ δυνήσεται θεωρῆσαι καὶ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς δόσεως τοῦ σιτομετρίου πρὸς τοὺς ὑποχειρίους καὶ τὸ ἁρμόζον ἑκάστῳ.
Luke 12:42: “Who then is the faithful, wise steward?” It seems to me that here “faithful” and “wise” should not be understood as referring to one single virtue. “Faithful” does not refer to faith in the particular sense the Scripture gives that word, and “wise” does not refer to some other virtue by itself. For certainly the faithful person is wise, and conversely the wise person is faithful, since the virtues follow one another. But the name “wise” is sometimes used not for the virtue of prudence that has been fully established, but to describe someone who is resourceful, who can even be a bad person. In this sense “the serpent was the wisest of all the wild animals on the earth.” In the same way here, “faithful” does not mean perfect; it means that the person’s purpose has leaned toward faith in God. In this sense it is possible that not every faithful person is wise, and not every wise person is faithful. That the steward too, according to the divine writings themselves, is wise but not faithful, is clear from this. It was not the act of a faithful man to squander the rich man’s property, to call in each of his master’s debtors and reduce the debt. That he was not faithful is plainly seen. But that he was in some sense wise is also clear: the Lord praises his resourcefulness, while blaming his unfaithfulness, and for that reason says to him: “You can no longer be steward.” Perhaps for ordinary people in the crowds, faith, as we said before, is enough for salvation. But stewards need both, the faithful and the wise. For a steward who is not like this will not be able to judge the right time for giving out the measured portion of grain to those under him, or what suits each one.
Ἐπεὶ οὖν πολλοί εἰσιν οἰκονόμοι τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν πιστοὶ μέν, οὐ μὴν καὶ φρόνιμοι καί τινες τοὐναντίον, διὰ τοῦτο ἐπαπορητικῶς προὐνέγκατο τὴν φωνὴν ὁ κύριος ὑπὲρ τοῦ τρανότατα ἐμφῆναι τὸ σπάνιον καὶ δυσεύρετον τῶν ἅμα πιστῶν καὶ φρονίμων οἰκονόμων· τόν γε μὴν εὑρεθέντα κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῶν θεραπόντων αὐτοῦ, ὡς καὶ τόν Ἰούδαν ὁ σωτὴρ ἐξελέξατο, οὐκ ἀγνοῶν μὲν τὸ ὕστερον ἀπαντησόμενον, συγχρώμενος δὲ αὐτοῦ τῷ πρὸ τῆς παραβάσεως χρόνῳ καὶ τῇ τότε ὁδευούσῃ ἐπ' ἀρετὴν προαιρέσει εἰς τό τῆς ἀποστολικῆς διακονίας ἔργον. ἔργον. δὲ τὸ ἀποκείμενον ἀγαθὸν τῷ πιστῷ καὶ φρονίμῳ παρὰ τὸ λεγόμενον πρὸς τὸν δεκαπ λασιάσαντα τὴν μνᾶν ἢ πενταπλασιάσαντα. καὶ οὐ θαυμαστόν, ὅπου γε καὶ τῶν παρὰ τούτους διαφερόντων μεῖζον· ὡρισμέναι γὰρ πόλεις τοῖς τὰς μνᾶς ἐπεξεργασαμένοις παραδίδονται, πλήθη δὲ τοῖς τὰ τάλαντα διπλασιάσασιν. Πολλῷ δὲ μεῖξον καὶ τούτων ἐστὶ τὸ μὴ μόνον ἐπὶ πολλῶν καθίστασθαι, ἀλλ' >ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσι< τῷ κυρίῳ ὅπερ ἀπόκειται τῷ πιστῷ καὶ φρονίμῳ οἰκονόμῳ, ἄφιον ἑαυτὸν πάντων τῶν ὑπαρχόντων <διὰ > τῆς πίστεως καταστήσαντι. Ζητήσεις δὲ εἰ πλειόνων εὑρισκομένων πιστῶν καὶ φρονίμων ἔκαστον αὐτῶν δυνατὸν >ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπάρζουσι< τοῦ κυρίου καθίστασθαι. εἰ γὰρ >ἐπὶ πᾶσι<, πῶς ἕτερος χώραν ἔχει ἐπὶ τοῖς δέκα πόλεσι καὶ μᾶλλον εἰς πλείους; διὸ εἰσ προτροπὴν εἰρήσθω.
So there are many stewards of the churches who are faithful but not prudent, and some who are the opposite. For this reason the Lord put his words in the form of a question, to show very clearly how rare and hard to find are stewards who are faithful and prudent together. The one who is found, the Lord appointed over his servants. In the same way the Savior chose Judas. He was not ignorant of what would happen later, but he made use of him for the work of apostolic service during the time before his transgression, when his will was still moving toward virtue. The good laid up for the faithful and prudent steward is [greater] than what is said to the one who multiplied the mina tenfold or fivefold. This is no wonder, since it is greater even than what is given to others who differ from these. Fixed cities are handed over to those who worked with the minas, and great numbers to those who doubled the talents. Much greater than these is to be set not only over many things but “over all the possessions” of the Lord. This is laid up for the faithful and prudent steward, who through faith has set himself [worthy] of all his possessions. You may ask whether, if several faithful and prudent stewards are found, each of them can be set “over all the possessions” of the Lord. For if it is “over all,” how does another have a place over the ten cities, and still more over several? Let this be said as an encouragement.
Fragment 65
12, 52 >ἔσονται γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ διαμεμερισμενοι< Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ πρόσωπα ἕξ ἐστι, ῥητέον, ὅτι τὸ ἔν πρόσωπον, τὸ τῆς νύμφης, τέμνεται εἰς δύο, εἰς νύμφην καὶ θυγατέρα ἐν τῷ πρὸς τὴν μητέρα καὶ τὴν πενθερὰν διαμάχεσθαι τὴν αὐτήν· καὶ οὕτως ἀπαντᾷ τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶ καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισὶ διαμάχεσθαι. Πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν δέ· ὡς ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ αἱ πέντε αἰδθήσεις, πρὶν μέν ἐλθεῖν αὐταῖς τὸν λόγον, ὁμονοοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς, ἐπιδημήσαντος δ’ αὐτοῦ μερίζονται. δύο μὲν αἱ φιλοσοφώτεραι, ὅρασις, δἰ ἧς ὁρῶντες κόσμον καὶ τὴν τάξιν αὐτοῦ θαυμάζομεν τὸν κτίστην, καὶ ἀκοή, δἰ ἧς μαθητευόμεθα τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐπὶ τὰς λοιπὰς τρεῖς· γεῦσιν, ὄσφρησιν, ἁφήν, τὰς ἀνδραποδώδεις καὶ οὐ πεφυκυίας πρὸς φιλοσοφίαν, αἱ δέ τρεῖς ἐπὶ τὰς δύο ἀντιπράττουσι μᾶλλον. Τὸ οὖν· >διαμερισθήσεται πατὴρ ἐπὶ υἱῷ < ἐτέρας ἀρχῆς ἀναγνωστέον, οὐκ ἐχόμενα τῶν πρώτων, ὃ ῥητῶς μὲν τὸν τῶν πιστῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπίστων δηλοῖ μερισμόν. Συμβο- λικῶς δὲ >πατὴρχ > νοῦς μερίζεται >ἐπὶ υἱῷ] < μοχθηρῷ λογισμῷ μὴ συγκατατιθέμενος αὐτῷ. >καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί <, ὁ τὸν ἀποθανόντα μὴ θάπτων πατέρα. >μήτηρ ἐπὶ θυγατρί < ψυχὴ τὸν μοχθηρὸν αὐτῆς οὐκ ἀποδεχομένη καρπόν· >θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ μητέρα <, τὴν ὕλην ἡ μηκέτι ἑνουμένη αὐτῇ ψυχή. >πενθερὰ ἐπὶ νύμφην <, ἡ τοῦ νόμου ἀνδρὸς τῆς ὑπ' αὐτῷ ψυχῆς μήτηρ, λέγω δὴ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, καταλιπὸν τὸν ἐκ περιτομῆς λαόν· >νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν <, ὁ διὰ τοῦ ἀμαρτάνειν λαὸς χωρισθεὶς τοῦ πνεύματος.
“For from now on there will be five in one house, divided.” The persons in the Gospel are six, so we must say that one person, the bride, is cut in two, into daughter-in-law and daughter, since the same woman quarrels with both her mother and her mother-in-law. In this way it turns out that three are divided against two and two against three. Now for the higher sense. The five senses are like five in one house, the human being. Before the Word comes to them, they agree together in pleasures, but when he takes up residence they are divided. Two are the more philosophical: sight, by which we look at the world, admire its order, and so admire its Creator; and hearing, by which we are taught by the word of God. These stand against the remaining three: taste, smell and touch. Those are the slavish senses, not naturally suited to philosophy, and the three work rather against the two. The saying “father will be divided against son” must be read as a fresh beginning, not connected with the earlier words. Literally it shows the division of believers from unbelievers. Symbolically, the “father,” the mind, is divided “against son,” a wicked line of reasoning, by not agreeing with it. “And son against father” is the one who does not bury his dead father. “Mother against daughter” is the soul not accepting its own wicked fruit. “Daughter against mother” is the soul no longer united with matter. “Mother-in-law against daughter-in-law” is the mother of the Law (the husband of the soul under him), I mean the Holy Spirit, who has left the people of the circumcision. “Daughter-in-law against mother-in-law” is the people who, through sinning, were separated from the Spirit.
Fragment 66
13, 6 >συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην < Ἕτερον δὲ τέταρτον νοῆσαι τὸν τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως χρόνον, καθ' ὃν νύττει καὶ περιορύττει τὸν Ἰσραὴλ καταθερμαίνων αὐτόν, ἵνα ζέοντας τῷ πνεύματι ἀποτελέσῃ. ἐπειδὴ δέ μετὰ τοσαύτας ἀπειλὰς ἔμειναν ἄκαρποι, ἐξεκόπη ἡ συκῆ καὶ ἐνεκεντρίσθη τὰ ἔθνη εἰς τὴν ἐκείνων ῥίζαν — ἔμεινε γὰρ ἡ ῥίζα — ἢ γεωργὸν δεὶ νοῆσαι ἄγγελόν τινα παρὰ θεοῦ προσταχθέντα προΐστασθαι τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἣ καὶ καὶ συκῇ ἀκάρπῳ παραβάλλεται.
“Someone had a fig tree planted.” A fourth way to understand it is as the time of the incarnation. In that time he pricks Israel and digs around it, warming it, so as to make them fervent in spirit. But since after so many warnings they stayed fruitless, the fig tree was cut down and the nations were grafted into their root, for the root remained. Or else we must understand the vinedresser to be some angel, commanded by God to take charge of Jerusalem, which is itself compared to a fruitless fig tree.
Fragment 67
13, 21 >ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ, ἥν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ ἔκρυψεν < Ἑτέρως ἐστὶ λαβεῖν τὴν τὴν μὲν γυναῖκα εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, τὴν δὲ ζύμην εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, σάτα δὲ τρία σῶμα, πνεῦμα, ψυχήν. Ἀγιάζεται δέ ταῦτα ταῦτα ζύμῃ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, ὥστε γενέσθαι πρὸς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἔν φύραμα, ἵν >ὁλόκληρον ἡμῶν τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἀμέμπτως τηρηθείῃ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ <, ὥς φησιν ὁ θεπέσιος Παῦλος.
“It is like leaven, which a woman took and hid.” There is another way to take it: the woman as the church, the leaven as the Holy Spirit, and the three measures as body, spirit and soul. These are made holy by the leaven of the Holy Spirit, so that with the Holy Spirit they become one lump. In this way “our body and the spirit and the soul may be kept whole, blameless, in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ,” as the divine Paul says.
Fragment 68
14, 12 >ὅταν ποιῇς ἄριστον ἢ δεῖπνον, μὴ φώνει τοὺς φίλους < Ἀλλ' οὕτω μέν κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν κελευόμεθα μὴ φίλους καλεῖν καὶ γείτονας, ἀλλὰ >πτωχοὺς καὶ ἀναπήρους, χωλοὺς καὶ τυφλούς<. εἰ δέ μὴ οἰκονομικῶς καὶ ὡς ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγει ταῦτα, ἶνα καὶ οἱ ἀ\κεραιότεροι ὡς ἐγχωρεῖ ὡφελῶνται ταῦτα, καὶ ἀποτρέπει τῶν καθηκόντων. οὐ σοφοῦ γὰρ ἔστι πτωχοὺς μὴ πιστοὺς καλεῖν ἢ φίλους πιστοὺς πτωχοὺς μὴ καλεῖν. Τάχα οὖν μυστικῶς >φίλοι < οἱ χαίροντες λόγῳ τοῖς τῆς ἀληθείας δόγμασιν, >ἀδελφοὶ < οἱ ἔχοντες ἀδελφὰ δόγματα, >συγγενεῖς < οἱ πορρώτεροι μέν, πλησιάζειν δ’ ἡμῖν θέλοντες ἐν δόγμασιν, >γείτονες < οἱ μὴ πάντη μακρὰν ἔχοντες τὰ οἱκοδομήματα τῶν ἡμετέρων δογμάτων. Κατὰ κοινοῦ μὲν οὖν >ploysqioyw< ἀκουστέον. ὁ δέ πλουτῶν ἐν οἷς οἴεται ἀληθέσι δόγμασι, κληθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸν ὄντως ἀληθῆ λόγον, ἀντιλέγων τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οἷον ἀντικαλεῖ τὸν διδάσκοντα· ἐπεὶ δέ οὐ >οὐ πολλοὶ< μὲν ἐν ἡμῖν >σοφοί< τινὲς δέ, ζητητέον εἰ καὶ τούτους κλητέον· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀκροάσεις καταγγέλλοντες >πλουσίους< καὶ οὐ πτωχοὺς καλοῦσιν, ὁ δὲ πρὸς δόξαν ἀληθῆ διακονῶν τῷ λόγῳ κενοδοξίας ἀπήλλακται. >Κάλει< δὲ >πτωχούς<, φησίν, τοὐτ' ἔστιν ἀπόρους λόγων, ἶνα πλουτήσῃς, >ἀναπήρους< τοῦτ' ἔστιν βεβλαμμένους τὸ φρόνημα, ἵνα ὑγιάσῃς, >χωλοὺς< τοὺς σκάζον- τας τῷ λόγῳ, ἴν ὁρθὰς τροχιὰς ποιῶσι, >τυφλοὺς< τοὺς τὸ θεωρητικὸν μὴ ἔχοντας, ἕνα βλέπωσι τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν. Τὸ δέ· >οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι< ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ. οὐκ ἴσασι πρὸς ἐρώτησιν ἢ ἀπόκρισιν διεξάγειν λόγον καὶ διαλεκτικῶς. Καὶ ἄνθρωπος μέν ἀπὸ φιλανθρωπίας ἀναγορευόμενος ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῖς μήπω δυναμένοις >φαγεῖν ἄριστον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ< ὡς ἄνθρωπος δεῖπνον ποιεῖ καὶ μέγα· ὑπερ- βέβηκε γὰρ τὸ ἄριστον. ἄριστον μέν γὰρ οἱ εἰσαγωγικοὶ λόγοι ἢ ἠθικοὶ ἢ τὰ παλαιὰ λόγια, δεῖπνον δέ οἱ ἐν προκοπῇ λόγοι μυστικοὶ ἢ οἱ τῆς νέας διαθήκης. >Ἀνάστασιν< δὲ >δικαίων< ἐνταῦθα λέγει, ἣν Ἰωάννης πρώτην ἐν τῇ Ἀποκαλύψει φησίν.
“When you give a lunch or a dinner, do not invite your friends.” According to the letter, then, we are commanded not to call friends and neighbors but “the poor and the maimed, the lame and the blind.” But suppose he is not saying this as a wise accommodation, as in parables, so that even the simpler may be helped as far as they can. Then he is turning us away from our duties. For it is not wise to invite poor people who are not believers, or to refuse to invite poor people who are faithful friends. Perhaps, then, the meaning is mystical. “Friends” are those who delight in the word and in the teachings of the truth. “Brothers” are those who hold kindred teachings. “Relatives” are those who are further off but want to draw near to us in teaching. “Neighbors” are those whose buildings of doctrine are not altogether far from ours. Taken generally, then, “rich” is to be understood [ploysqioyw, the Greek word is corrupt]. But the man who is rich in what he thinks are true teachings is called to the truly true word. He speaks against the truth and, as it were, invites the teacher in return. But since “not many among us are wise,” though some are, we must ask whether these too should be invited. Those who announce lectures invite the rich and not the poor. But the one who serves the word for true glory is free of vainglory. “Invite the poor,” he says. That means those who lack words, so that you may be enriched. “The maimed” are those whose understanding has been damaged, so that you may heal them. “The lame” are those who limp in the word, so that they may make straight paths. “The blind” are those who lack the power of insight, so that they may see the true light. “They cannot repay you” means the same as this: they do not know how to carry on a discussion by question and answer, or by dialectic. Out of love for humanity, God and Father is proclaimed as a man for those not yet able to “eat lunch in the kingdom of God.” As a man he gives a dinner, and a great one, for the dinner surpasses the lunch. The lunch is the introductory words, or the ethical ones, or the ancient oracles. The dinner is the mystical words for those who are advancing, or the words of the new covenant. “Resurrection of the just” he says here, which John in the Revelation calls the first.
Fragment 69
14, 18 >καὶ ἤρξαντο ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες παραιτεῖσθαι< Ἐκλήθησαν μέν ὡς ἐντρεχεῖς ἀπὸ φύσεως, τρισὶ δὲ τρόποις ἀποπίπτουσι τῆς κλήσεως, φαντασίᾳ δογμάτων κρεισσόνων νοητῶν, διώξει αἰσθητῶν καὶ οὐ νοητῶν, φιληδονίᾳ. Οἱ μὲν μὲν γὰρ ἀγρὸν ἀγοράσαντές εἰσιν, οἳ καὶ παραιτοῦνται τὸ δεῖπνον, οἱ παραλαβόντες δόγματα ἕτερα τῆς θειότητος πολλὴν ἔχοντα πιθανότητα καὶ ποικιλίαν τοῦ λόγου, οἴ καὶ καταφρονοῦσι τοῦ ἀγροῦ, τοῦ ἔχοντος ἐν ἑαυτῷ >θησαυρὸν< καὶ δυνάμεις. Ὁ ὖν μὴ ἰδὼν μηδὲ δοκιμάσας ὃν ἐκτᾶτο λόγον, διὰ τὸ προειλῆφθαι ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ οὐχ ἑκουσίως, ἐξέρχεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τοῦ κεκληκότος, τάχα δὲ καὶ ἑαυτοῦ. Τὸ δέ· >ἐρωτῶ σε< φασίν, ὡς λόγῳ μόνῳ αἰδούμενοι τὸν κεκληκότα. Ὁ δὲ ζεύγη βοῶν ἀγοράσας πέντε οὖτός ἐστιν ὁ τῆς νοητῆς καταφρονῶν φύσεως, περὶ δὲ τὰ αἰσθητὰ καταφιλοσοφῶν, οὐδ’ οὗτος ἐδοκίμασεν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἃ ἐώνηται· εἰ οὖν ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἐπὶ ὓλης τάσσεται, οὗτος τὰ ὑλικὰ ἐτίμα. Διὸ καὶ οὗτος παρᾐτηται τὸ νοητὸν δεῖπνον. ὅθεν καὶ ἔν τισιν ἀντὶ τοῦ· >ἐρωτῶ σε< >καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν κεῖται. οἱ γὰρ αἱρῶντες τὰ αἰσθητά φασι μὴ ἀσώματον καταλαβεῖν. Ὁ δὲ ἔτερός ἐστιν, ὁ εἴπών. γυναῖκα >γυναῖκα ἔγημα<, ὁ δοκῶν εὑρηκέναι σοφίαν καὶ ταύτης κοινωνήσας παραιτούμενος τὴν αληθῆ ἢ ὁ τῇ σαρκὶ ἑνούμενος, >φιλήδονος μᾶλλον ἢ φιλόθεος<.
“And they all alike began to make excuses.” They were called as people naturally quick. But they fall away from the calling in three ways: by the appearance of higher intelligible teachings, by the pursuit of sensible things instead of intelligible ones, and by love of pleasure. Those who bought a field, and who therefore decline the dinner, are those who received other teachings about the divine that have great plausibility and variety of argument. They also despise the field that has in itself a “treasure” and powers. The man who has not seen or tested the word he acquired, because he was already taken up by it out of necessity and not willingly, goes out from the dinner and from the one who called him, and perhaps even from himself. They say “I ask you,” as if they respected the one who called only in word. The man who bought five yoke of oxen is the one who despises intelligible nature and philosophizes about sensible things. He too did not test from the beginning what he had bought. If the number belongs to matter, this man honored material things. So he too declined the intelligible dinner. That is why in some copies, instead of “I ask you,” the text reads “and for this reason I cannot come.” For those who choose sensible things say that the incorporeal cannot be grasped. The other is the one who said, “I have married a wife.” He seems to have found wisdom and shared in it, yet rejects the true one. Or he is the one joined to the flesh, “a lover of pleasure rather than a lover of God.”
Fragment 70
14, 28 >τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι< Ὁ πύργος ἀνάστημα ἔχων καὶ δίαρμα καὶ ὕφος εἴη ἂν ὁ περὶ θεοῦ λόγος. αἰνίτεται οὖν διὰ τῆς παραβολῆς, ὅτι μέλλων θεολογεῖν σκόπησον εἰ δύνασαι ἀρξάμενος. Πάντα ἀπαιτεῖ ὁ λόγος εἰς θεολογίαν τελειῶσαι, ἕνα μὴ ἀρξάμενος τῶν τῆς θεοσεβείας δογμάτων ἀτελῆ καταλίῃς τὸν περὶ θεοῦ λόγον καὶ στεφάνην αὐτῷ μὴ ἐποικοδομήσῃς. εἰ γὰρ στεφάνην οὐκ ἐπῳκοδόμησεν, πεσεῖταί τις ἀπὸ τοῦ πύργου καὶ ἀποθανεῖται.
“For which of you, wanting to build a tower…” The tower, with its height, span and loftiness, would be the word about God. So he hints through the parable: if you are about to speak about God, consider whether you are able to finish what you begin. The word demands that everything be brought to completion for the sake of speaking about God. Otherwise you may begin the teachings of godliness, leave the word about God unfinished, and not build a crowning top upon it. For if he has not built the crown on it, someone will fall from the tower and die.
Fragment 71
15, 16 >ἐπεθύμει γεμίσαι τὴν κοιλίαν αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν κερατίων< Νοήσεις δέ καὶ οὕτως τὸ ἐπιθυμεῖν κορεσθῆναι τὸν ἄσωτον ἐκ τῶν κερατίων. Ἡ λογικὴ φύσις ἐν ἀλογίᾳ γενομένη ἐπιθυμεῖ, κἂν μὴ ἐν κρείττοσι λόγοις, ἐν ὁποίοις γοῦν καταντῆσαι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ κεράτια γλυκάζει μὲν καὶ πιαίνει τὸ σῶμα, τῷ δὲ σκυβάλῳ οὐ δίδωσιν ὁδόν, εἶεν ἂν ταῦτα φιλοΰλων καὶ φιλοσωμάτων λόγοι πιθανοί, τὴν ἡδονὴν λεγόντων ἀγαθόν, >κνηθομένων τὴν ἀκοὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μύθους ἐκτρεπομένων >Καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐσίδου οὐ παραδιδόασιν οἱ φαῦλοι, ἶνα μὴ ἐλέγχωνται. Ἄλλως τε οἱ τῶν ἐΜεν λόγοι ἄτροφοι καὶ τὸ χωρητικὸν καὶ ἀναδοτικὸν τῶν λογικῶν τροφῶν ἐμπλῆσαι οὐ δύνανται.
You can also understand the prodigal’s desire to be filled with the carob pods in this way. The rational nature, once it has fallen into irrationality, still desires something, even if it is not in better reasonings, at least in whatever it has ended up among. Carob pods taste sweet and fatten the body, but they give the refuse no way out. So they would stand for the persuasive arguments of those who love matter and love the body, who call pleasure a good, who have itching ears and turn aside to myths. [And the wicked hand on nothing that no one has seen, so that they will not be refuted.] Besides, the arguments of [such people] give no nourishment, and they cannot fill the part of us that receives and distributes rational food.
Fragment 72
15, 21 >πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου< Καταλιὼν τὰ οὐράνια προσέθηκα τὸ ἀσεβῆσαι πρός σε· τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀθλιότητα ἀθλιότητα δείκνυσιν ὁ λόγος ἱστορικῶς διηγούμενος τὴν ἀποφοίτησιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀτοπίαν. Οὐ πρότερον δὲ αὐτὸν ἐπανάγει πρὸς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐκληρίαν, πρὶν αἴσθησιν αὐτὸν τῆς παρούσης λαβεῖν συμφορᾶς καὶ εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐλθεῖν καὶ μελετῆσαι τὰ τῆς μεταμελείας ῥήματα· φησὶ γὰρ >ἥμαρτον< καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, οὐκ ἂν προσθεὶς τῇ ἐξομολογήσει τὴν > εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν< ἁμαρτίαν, μὴ πεπεισμένος ἑαυτοῦ πατρίδα εἷναι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἃν καταλιπὼν ἐπλημμέλησεν. Διὰ τοῦτο καὶ εὐπρόσιτον αὐτῷ τὸν πατέρα ἡ μελέτη τῆς τοιαύτης ἐξομολογήσεως ἀπεργάζεται ὥστε καὶ προδραμεῖν αὐτῷ καὶ φιλήματι τὸν τράχηλον δεξιώσασθαι.
“Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you.” I left the heavenly things behind, and I added to it the ungodliness against you. The Word shows human misery to be misery by telling the story of his departure and his strange conduct. But the Word does not bring him back to his original good fortune until he has felt his present disaster, come to himself, and rehearsed the words of repentance. For he says “I have sinned” and so on. He would not have added to his confession the sin “against heaven” unless he was convinced that heaven was his homeland, which he had left when he went wrong. For this reason the rehearsing of such a confession makes the father easy for him to approach, so that the father even ran ahead to meet him and welcomed him with a kiss on the neck.
Fragment 73
15, 23 >καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν< Εἰ δὲ χρὴ τὸν τόπον καὶ ὑψη λότερον θεωρῆσαι, προκατάρχεται λόγων ἠθικῶν μὲν οἷον τροφῆς ἐν τῷ >φαγόντες<, ἐποπτικῶν δὲ οἷον ποτοῦ ἐν τῷ >εὐφρανθῶμεν<· >οἶνος< γὰρ >ἀρχὴ εὐφρονύνης< ὡς γέγραπται.
If we must look at this passage in a still loftier way, the father begins with ethical teachings, which are like food, in the words “having eaten.” He goes on to teachings of contemplation, which are like drink, in the words “let us be merry.” For “wine is the beginning of good cheer,” as it is written.
Fragment 74
15, 25 >ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν< Tὸ τῆς >συμφωνίας< ἄνομα κυρίως τάσσεται ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ μουσικὴν ἐν φωναῖς ἁρμονιῶν· καὶ εἰσί γε παρὰ τοῖς μουσικοῖς φθόγγοι φθόγγοις σύμφωνοι καὶ ἄλλοις διάφωνοι. Οἶδε δὲ καὶ ἡ εὐαγγελικὴ γραφὴ τὸ ὄνομα ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ μουσικὴν ἁρμονιῶν τεταγμένον, ὡς ἐνταῦθα. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ Δανιὴλ βίβλῳ ἀναγέγραπται κελεύων ὁ Ναβουχοδονοσόρ, ἡνίκα ἂν ἀκούσωσιν οἱ ἠθροισμένοι >τῆς φωνῆς τῆς σάλπιγγος, συριγγός τε καὶ κιθάρας, σαμβύκης τε καὶ ψαλτηρίου καὶ συμφωνίας καὶ παντὸς γένους μουσικῶν, πίπτοντας προσκυνεῖν τῇ εἰκόνι τῇ χρυσῇ <. >Ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβον<. ὑγιαίνοντα ὡς ἀποβαλόντα τὴν νόσον διὰ τῆς μετανοίας.

⚑ Possible scanning error in the digital Greek (Tὸ). Check it against the printed edition.

The word “symphony” is properly used for harmonies of voices in music. Among musicians some notes are in concord with certain notes and out of concord with others. The Gospel writing also knows the word used for musical harmonies, as it is here. In the book of Daniel, too, it is recorded that Nebuchadnezzar gave a command. When the assembled people heard “the sound of the trumpet, pipe and lyre, sambuca and harp, and symphony and every kind of music,” they were to fall down and worship the golden image. “Because they received him back healthy”: healthy, because through repentance he had thrown off the sickness.
Fragment 75
16, 17 >εὐκοπώτερον δέ ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν παρελθεῖν< Μία κεραία οὐ παρ’ Ἕλλησι μόνον ἐστὶ τὸ ἰῶτα, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρ᾿ Ἑβραίοις τὸ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς καλούμενον ἰώθ. Δύναται δὲ τὸ >ἰῶτα ἕν ἢ μία κεραία< συμβολικῶς λέγεσθαι ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἐπείπερ ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ ὁνόματος αὐτοῦ οὐ παρ' Ἕλλησι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρ’ Ἑβραίοις ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱὼθ γράφεται. καὶ ἔστιν οὕτως τὸ >ἰῶτα ἔν ἢ μία κεραία< ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ λόγος θεοῦ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, οὐ παρερχόμενος αὐτόν, >ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται<, καὶ οὐχὶ πίπτων· πίπτει γὰρ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ, ἵνα >καρπὸν πολὺν < φέρῃ, ἀλλὰ πίπτων εὐκοπωτέρου ὄντος >τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν παρελθεῖν< ἢ περὶ τοῦτον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τυγχάνοτα >μίαν κεραίαν <· >πεσὼν < δὲ >εἰς τὴν γῆν< ἀπέθανεν, ἵνα πλείονα καρπὸν φέρῃ, οὐ νικηθείς, ἀλλὰ >ταπεινώσας ἑαυτὸν καὶ γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ<.
“It is easier for heaven and earth to pass away.” The one stroke is not only the iota among the Greeks, but also, among the Hebrews, the letter they call “yod.” The words “one iota or one stroke” can be said symbolically of Jesus. The beginning of his name is written with the iota among the Greeks, and also with the yod among the Hebrews. So “one iota or one stroke” is Jesus, the Word of God in the law. He does not pass away from it “until all things have come to pass,” and he does not fall. [For he does fall, for salvation, so that he may bear “much fruit.”] But if he did fall, it would be easier for “heaven and earth to pass away” than for “one stroke” to be lost from the law concerning him. Having “fallen into the earth,” he died so that he might bear more fruit. He was not defeated. Rather, he “humbled himself and became obedient to the point of death, even death on a cross.”
Fragment 76
16, 19 >ἄνθρωπος δέ τις ἦν πλούσιος < >Ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος<· ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐδόκει κρεῖττον εἶναι κατὰ τὸ Σολομώντειον >ὄνομα καλὸν ἢ πλοῦτον πολύν<, ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον πλοῦτον ἔχειν πολὺν ἢ ὄνομα καλόν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐξ ὧν ἠγαπήκει καλεῖται, πλούσιος προσαγορευόμενος, οὐχ ὅσιος οὐδὲ δίκαιος· ὁ δὲ πένης ἅτε μηδὲν ἔχων ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ ψιλῷ ὁνόματι Λάξαρος καλεῖται. Ἀλλ᾿ ὅρα πῶς τοῦ πλουσίου τὰ χαρακτηριστικὰ τίθησιν ὁ πόντων σωτὴρ ἰδιώματα. >καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο< γὰρ φησιν, >πορψύραν καὶ βύσσον εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς<· καὶ οὐδὲ τὸ κύριον αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὄνομα, ἀλλ’· >ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν< φησίν, ἵν’ ἐν τῷ κοινῷ μὲν φέρῃ τὸ ἄδηλον, ἐν τῷ ἀδήλῳ δὲ τὸ κοινὸν εισάγῃ καθυβριξόμενον. Ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τῶν δικαίων οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλὰ πῶς; >Ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν<, φησίν, >ἐν χώρᾳ τῇ Αὐσίτιδι, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ἰώβ<, καὶ >ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν‘ Ἱερουσαλήμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών<. Ὅτου χάριν; ὅτι περὶ μέν τοῦ ἐπάγει. >καὶ ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος ἄμεμπτος, ἄκακος, δίκαιος, ἀληθινός, θεοεβής, ἀπεχόμενος ἀπὸ παντὸς πονηροῦ πράγματος<, περὶ δὲ τοῦ· >καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβὴς προσδεχόμενος παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ; καὶ πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον ἦν αὐτῷ<. Ἦν μὲν γὰρ καὶ Ἰὼβ πλούσιος, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ τρυφῇ καὶ ἀκολασίᾳ συζῶν, ἀλλὰ φιλοστόργῳ γνώμῃ παντὶ ἐνδεεῖ ὁ οἶκος αὐτοῦ ἠνέῳκτο, καὶ ἀδικῶν μέν οὐδένα, ἀδικουμένος δὲ μᾶλλον βοηθῶν καὶ χήραις καὶ ὀρφανοῖς τὰ πρὸς ζωὴν χορηγῶν· ταῦ γὰρ τὰ τῶν δικαίων πλουσίων δικαιώματα.
“There was a certain rich man.” In the words of Solomon, “a good name is better than great riches.” But this man did not think so. He thought it better to have great riches than a good name. So he is called by what he loved: he is named “rich,” not “holy” or “righteous.” The poor man, who had nothing in this world, is called Lazarus, a bare name. But notice how the Savior of all sets out the marks that characterize the rich man. “He was clothed,” he says, “in purple and fine linen, and made merry splendidly every day.” He does not even give the man his proper name. He says, “a certain man,” so that he attaches obscurity to what is common, and in that obscurity brings the common lot of men in for disgrace. With the righteous it is not so. How is it, then? “There was a man,” he says, “in the land of Ausitis, whose name was Job.” And, “There was a man in Jerusalem, whose name was Symeon.” Why? Because of the one he adds, “And that man was blameless, guileless, righteous, true, God-fearing, abstaining from every evil thing.” And of the other, “And this man was righteous and devout, waiting for the consolation of Israel, and the Holy Spirit of God was upon him.” Job also was rich. But he did not live in luxury and self-indulgence. With a loving mind his house was open to anyone in need. He wronged no one; rather, when others were wronged, he helped them, and he supplied widows and orphans with what they needed to live. For these are the just acts of righteous rich men.
Fragment 77
16, 23 >ὁρᾷ Ἀβρααμ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν καὶ Λάξαρον ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ< Ἠβουλήθη τις ἀθετῆσαι τὴν περὶ τοῦ πλουσίου καὶ τοῦ πένητος διήγησιν, κατ᾿ ἄγνοιαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου οὕτως ἐπαπορῶν· εἰ γὰρ ἀνέκειτο, φησίν, εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ὁ Λάζαρος, ἕτερος πρὸ τοῦ τοῦτον ἐξελθεῖν τὸν βίον ἀνέκειτο ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ πρὶν ἐκείνου ἄλλος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλου, φησίν, δικαίου ἐξελθόντος ὁ πτωχὸς ὑπαναστήσεται. Οὐ γὰρ ἑώρα τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ὁ περὶ τούτων ἐπαπορῶν, καὶ ὅτι δύνατόν ἐστι μυρίους ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἀβραὰρ ἅμα ἀναπαύεσθαι κοινωνοῦντας τῶν ἀποκαλυφθέντων αὐτῷ. Καὶ γὰρ καὶ Ἰωάννης ὁ ἀγαπητός, εἰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ >εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Ἰησοῦ< ἀνέκειτο, τοῦ γέρως τούτου ἀξιωθεὶς ὡς ἐξαιρέτου ἀγάπης κριθεὶς ἄξιος τῆς παρὰ τοῦ διδασκάλου, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο συμβολικῶς παρίτησιν, ὅτι τῷ λόγῳ Ἰωάννης ἀνακείμενος καὶ τοῖς μυστικωτέροις ἐναναπαυόμενος ἀνέκειτο ἐν τοῖς κόλποις τοῦ λόγου, ἀνάλογον τῷ καὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸν >μονογενῆ< λόγον >ἐν τοῖς κόλποις τοῦ πατρὸς< ἀναγεγράφθαι.
“He sees Abraham far off, and Lazarus in his bosom.” Someone wanted to discredit the account of the rich man and the poor man. Out of ignorance of the Gospel he raised this objection: if Lazarus was reclining in the bosom of Abraham, then before he departed this life another was reclining in Abraham’s bosom, and another before him. And when yet another righteous man departs, he says, the poor man will have to get up. But the man who raises this objection did not see what Abraham’s bosom is. He did not see that it is possible for countless people to rest together in Abraham’s bosom, sharing in what was revealed to him. John, the beloved, is a parallel. At the supper he reclined “on the bosom of Jesus,” as the history tells it. He was counted worthy of this honor as one judged worthy of his teacher’s special love. But the account also points to something symbolic. John, reclining close to the Word and resting in the more mystical teachings, was reclining in the bosom of the Word. This corresponds to the fact that the “only-begotten” Word himself is written of as being “in the bosom of the Father.”
Fragment 78
18, 20 >τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας< Ἐξελέγχεται δὲ ἐν τῷ λόγῳ Μαρκιωνιστῶν [τε] παράνοια [καὶ Μανιχαίων], οἳ τὸν νόμον ἀλλότριον εἶναί φασι Χριστοῦ. Φησὶ γὰρ ὀ Μᾶρκος, ὅτι >ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἠγάπησεν αὐτόν<· οὐκ ἂν δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ ἀλλοτρίου πληρώσει ἠγάπησε τὸν περὶ ταύτης παῤῥησιασάμενον. Ζήτησιν δὲ κινεῖ, πῶς ἠγαπήθη ὁ μὴ μέλλων ἀκολουθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν ζωήν. Ἔστι δέ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς προτέροις ἀγάπης ἄξιος ὁ τὰ τοῦ νόμου φυλάξας· τῇ δέ πρὸς τὸ τέλειον ὀλιφωρίᾳ τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς πρόσθεν ἀγάπην οὐκ εἴασε γενέσθαι τελείαν.
“You know the commandments.” The madness of the Marcionites [and the Manichaeans] is refuted by this passage. They say the law is foreign to Christ. Yet Mark says, “Jesus, looking at him, loved him.” He would not have loved, for his keeping of something foreign, a man who spoke boldly about that keeping. The passage raises a question: how was he loved, when he was not going to follow toward life? The answer is that for his earlier conduct the man who kept the law was worthy of love. But by his faintheartedness toward what is perfect, he did not allow the love given for his earlier conduct to become complete.
Fragment 79
19, 22 >ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρινῶ σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε< Ὑπὲρ γὰρ ὅλου τοῦ βίου ἡμῶν οἱ πάντες κριθησόμεθα τότε, ἡνίκα λόγου συναιρομένου ἀχθήσεται εἰς μέσον καὶ >πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργόν, ὃ ἐὰν λαλήσωσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι<,ἀλλὰ καὶ εἴ ποτέ τις >ἐπότισε ποτήριον ὕδατος ψυχροῦ μόνον εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ<. Καὶ ταῦτα ἔσται, ἡνίκα τὸ παρὰ Δανιὴλ γεγραμμένον γένηται, τό· >βίβλοι ἀνεῷχθησαν, καὶ κριτήριον ἐκάθισεν<· οἱονεὶ γὰρ πόντων τῶν λελαλημένων ἡμῖν καὶ τῶν πεπραγμένων καὶ τῶν νενοημένων ἀναγραφή τις γίνεται, καὶ θείᾳ δυνάμει πᾶν κρυπτὸν ἡμῶν φανερωθήσεται καὶ πᾶν κεκαλυμμένον ἀποκαλυφθήσεται· >τοὺς γὰρ πάντας ἡμᾶς παραστῆναι δεῖ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἵνα κομίσηται ἕκαστος τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε φαῦλον<. Μηδεὶς δὲ οἰέσθω μακρῶν τινων αἰώνων δεήσειν τῷ τοσούτῳ τῶν πάντων καὶ ὑπὲρ πάσης τῆς ἐνταῦθα ζωῆς λογουθεσίῳ. ἀθρόως γὰρ βουληθεὶς ὁ θεὸς ἀναῤῥιπίσαι ἐν ταῖς πόντων μνήμαις παρ᾿ παρ’ ὅλον τὸν βίον γεγενημένα καλὰ ἢ φαῦλα ποιήσει τοῦτο ἀφάτῳ δυνάμει καὶ ὑπομνήσει ἕκαστον ὧν ἔπραξεν, ἵνα συναισθηθέντες ὧν πεποιήκαμεν καταλάβωμεν, δι’ ἃ κολαζόμεθα ἢ τιμώμεθα. Τολμητέον γὰρ καὶ λεκτέον, ὅτι ὁ τῆς προσδοκωμένης κρίσεως καιρὸς οὐ δεῖται χρόνων· ἀλλ᾿ ὡς ἡ ἀνάστασις γένεσθαι λέγεται >ἐν ἀτόμῳ, ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ<οὕτως οἶμαι καὶ ἡ κρίσις. Ἐν ταύυτῇ μὲν οὖν τῇ παραβολῇ δέκα δοῦλοι εὑρίσκονται δέκα λαβόντες μνᾶς, ἕκαστος ἀνὰ μίαν, ἐν ἑτέρᾳ δέ ὁ μὲν πέντε τάλαντα, ὁ δὲ δύο, ὁ δὲ ἕν· ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ ὀφειλέται ὁ μέν πεντακοσίων, ὁ δὲ πεντήκοντα δηνρίων. Εἴ τις δέ κατανοήσει τὸ ποικίλον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ψυχῆς καὶ τὰς πολλῷ διαφερούσας ἀλλήλων εὐφυΐας καὶ ἀφυΐας εἰς πλείονας τῶν ἀρετῶν ἢ ἐλάττονας, καὶ τάσδε τὰς ἀρετὰς ἢ τάσδε, τάχα ἂν ἐννοήσῃ, πῶς ἑκάστη ψυχὴ ἐλήλυθε, μετὰ τίνων τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου νομισμάτων ἀναφαινομένων μετὰ τῆς τοῦ λόγου συμπληρώσεως καὶ τῆς ἑξῆς τῇ συμπληρώσενι τοῦ λόγου ἐπιμελείας καὶ ἀσκήσεως πρὸς τὰ δέοντα.
“I will judge you out of your own mouth, wicked servant.” We will all be judged for our whole life, at the time when an account that speaks for us is brought into the middle. That account will include “every idle word that people speak,” and also the case where someone once gave “a cup of cold water” only “in the name of a disciple.” These things will happen when what Daniel wrote comes to pass: “Books were opened, and the court took its seat.” It will be like a written record of everything we have said, done and thought. By divine power everything hidden in us will be made plain, and everything covered will be uncovered. “For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ, so that each one may receive what is due for the things done through the body, whether good or bad.” Let no one suppose that such a reckoning of everyone, over a whole lifetime here, will need long ages. God will wish to stir up in everyone’s memory, all at once, the good or evil done through the whole of life. He will do this by indescribable power, and he will remind each person of what he did. Then, becoming aware of what we have done, we will understand why we are punished or honored. We must dare to say that the time of the expected judgment needs no stretch of time. The resurrection is said to happen “in an instant, in the blink of an eye,” and I think the judgment will be the same. In this parable ten servants are found, each receiving one mina. In another parable one servant receives five talents, another two, another one. Elsewhere there are debtors, one owing five hundred denarii and another fifty. Suppose someone considers how varied the human soul is. Souls differ greatly from one another in natural aptitude or lack of it, toward more or fewer virtues, and toward these virtues or those. Then perhaps he will grasp how each soul has come, and with which of the householder’s coins it appeared. He will see this together with the fulfilling of the word, and with the care and training that follow that fulfilling, toward what is needed.
Fragment 80
23, 18 >αἶρε τοῦτον, ἀπόλυσον δέ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν< Οἱ τὰ λῃστῶν φρονοῦντες και ποιοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι και >λῃστῶν σπή- λαιον< τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ πεποιηκότες καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐξ αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκβληθέντες περὶ μὲν τοῦ λῃστοῦ Βαραββᾶ ἐβόων· >ἀπόλυσον ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν<περὶ δὲ τοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης σωτῆρος· >σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν<. Διόπερ μέχρι σήμερον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι Ἰησοῦν μὲν οὐκ ἔχουσιν — οὐ γὰρ πεπιστεύκασιν εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ — ἔχουσι δὲ μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν τὸν ἀπὸ >τῶν πνευματικῶν τῆς πονηρίας< Βαραββᾶν τὸν λῃστήν, ὃν ἤδη κεκρατημένον καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βεβλημένον καθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν ἠξίωσαν ἀπολυθῆναι. Διὰ τοῦτο ἄρχει τῶν ἀπίστων Ἰουδαίων Βαραββᾶς ὁ λῃστής.
The Jews thought and acted like robbers. They had made God’s house “a den of robbers,” and for that reason Jesus drove them out of it. About the robber Barabbas they shouted, “Release Barabbas for us.” About the Savior of the world they shouted, “Crucify him, crucify him.” So to this day the Jews do not have Jesus, because they have not believed in the Son of God. They do have with them Barabbas the robber, who belongs to “the spiritual forces of wickedness.” He had already been arrested and thrown into prison, and they demanded his release to their own harm. This is why Barabbas the robber rules over the unbelieving Jews.
Fragment 81
23, 43 >σήμερον μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ< Οὕτως δέ τινας ἐτάραξεν ὡς ἀσύμφωνον τὸ εἰρημένον, ὥστε αὐτοὺς τολμῆσαι ὑπονοῆσαι προστεθεῖσθαι τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ὑπό τινων ῥαδιουργόντων αὐτὸ τό· >σήμερον μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ<· ἡμεῖς δέ φαμεν ἁπλούστερον μέν, ὅτι τάχα, πρὶν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὴν λεγομένην καρδίαν τῆς γῆς, ἀποκατέστησεν εἰς τὸν παράδεισον τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν πιστεύσαντα λῃστήν.
This saying troubled some people so much, as though it did not fit with the rest, that they dared to suspect it had been added to the Gospel by some meddlers: “Today you will be with me in paradise.” We say, more simply, that perhaps, before he went away to what is called the heart of the earth, he restored the believing robber to God’s paradise.
Fragment 82
23, 44 >σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ᾿ ὅλην τὴν γῆν< Ἰωάννης μὲν οὖν οὖδὲ ἐμνήσθη τούτον, Ματθαῖός τε καὶ Μᾶρκος οὔτε ἥλιον οὔτε ἔκλειψιν ὠνόμασαν. Λουκᾶς δὲ εἰπών· >τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλείποντος< τάχα τὸ περὶ ἡμᾶς πάθος δηλοῖ, εἴτε σκοτεινῆς νεφέλης ἢ νεφῶν ὑποδραμουσῶν τὰς φθανούσας ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν γῆν ἡλιακὰς ἀκτῖνας ἢ τοῦ ἐκεῖσε ἀέρος παχυνθέντος συμπαθοῦντος καὶ αὐτοῦ τῷ γεγονότι, ὥσπερ ἡ περὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν γῆ καὶ αἱ πέτραι καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα· πολλαχοῦ γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ πᾶσαν γῆν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ὀνομάζει· τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν, ἵν᾿ εἰδεῖεν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἀπηρτημένος τοῦ ξύλου ὁ σύνοπλον τὴν κτίσιν λαβών, ὅτε >τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις πεπολέμηκε δι᾿ αὐτοὺς< καὶ τὸ ἡλιακὸν ἐκλέλοιπε φῶς καὶ ἁπάσης τῆς αὐτῶν χώρας κατεσκεδάσθη τὸ σκότος.
John did not mention this at all, and Matthew and Mark named neither the sun nor an eclipse. Luke says, “the sun failing.” Perhaps he is describing what happened in our own experience. It may have been a dark cloud, or clouds running under the sun’s rays and cutting them off from the land of Judea. Or the air there may have thickened, sharing in what had happened, as the land around Judea did, and the rocks and the tombs. In many places Scripture calls all of Judea “all the land.” This happened so that people would know that the one hanging on the tree is the very one who took creation as his fellow-soldier. He did the same when “he made war on the Egyptians for their sake,” when the sun’s light failed and darkness was spread over their whole country.
Fragment 83
23, 44 >τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλιπόντος< Περὶ ταύτης τῆς ἐκλείψεως προεφήτενοε καὶ Ζαχαρίας εἰπών· >ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ ἔσται φῶς· καὶ ψύχος καὶ πάγος ἔσται μίαν ἡμέραν· καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη γνωστὴ τῷ κυρίῳ· καὶ οὐχ ἡμέρα καὶ οὐχὶ νύξ· καὶ πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἔσται φῶς< εἰκὼν τὸ σκότος τοῦ ἐσκοτίσθαι τοὺς ἐπιβάλλοντας χεῖρα τῷ φωτί. Ὡς γὰρ Αἰγυπτίοις σκότος καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ φῶς, οὕτως νῦν τῇ μὲν ἐκκλησίᾳ φῶς, Ἰουδαίοις δὲ σκότος τριῶν ὡρῶν, φωτὸς πατρικοῦ, ἀπαυγάσματος Χριστοῦ, ἐλλάμψεως ἁγίου πνεύματος. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ γεγένηται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, τάχα διὰ τοῦτο ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας ἀνθρώπων πάσχων ὁ κύριος >ὥρᾳ ἕκτῃ< ἐκρεμάσθη τῆς ἕκτης ἡμέρας, ἵνα τὸν ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. γεγονότα καὶ τῇ ἕκτῃ ὥρᾳ τοῦ παραδείσον ἐκπεσόντα πάλιν ἀνακαλέαηται.
“When the sun failed.” Zechariah also prophesied about this eclipse, saying: “In that day there will be no light. There will be cold and frost for one day, and that day is known to the Lord. It will be neither day nor night, and toward evening there will be light.” The darkness is an image of the darkening of those who lay hands on the Light. For as there was darkness for the Egyptians and light for the sons of Israel, so now there is light for the church, but for the Jews a darkness of three hours. It is a darkness of the Father’s light, of the radiance of Christ, and of the shining of the Holy Spirit. Man was made on the sixth day. So perhaps for this reason the Lord, suffering for the salvation of men, was hung on the cross at the sixth hour of the sixth day. He did this to call back the one who was made on the sixth day and fell out of paradise at the sixth hour.
Fragment 84
23, 46 >πάτερ, εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθημι τὸ πνεῦμά μου< Αὕτη ἡ φωνή, ἣν ἔκραξεν ἐπὶ τῷ σταυρῷ· >εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθημι τὸ πνεῦμά μου<, διδάσκει, ὅτι αἱ τῶν ἁγίων ψυχαὶ οὐκέτι εἰς ᾅδου κατακλείονται, καθὰ καὶ πρῴην, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τῷ θεῷ εἰσιν, τούτου γεγονότος ὡς ἐν ἀπαρχῇ ἐν Χριστῷ· κάτω γὰρ ἦν ἡ χώρησις καὶ ἡ κατοχὴ τῶν ψυχῶν, ἀλλὰ ταύτην τὴν κάτω πορείαν ὁ κύριος εἰς τὰ ἄνω μετέστησε δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ ἀπλημμελὲς ἡ ἀνθρώπου φύσις εὑρέθη πλουτήσασα, κεκαινοτόμηκεν ἡμῖν τὸ πέμπεσθαι >εἰς χεῖρας θεοῦ ζῶντος< τὰς σωμάτων ἀπαλλασσομένας ψυχάς, καὶ τοῦτο εἰδὼς ὁ ἅγιος ἔφη Στέφανος· >κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου<. Τὸ δὲ >παρα- τίθημι< τὸ ἑκούσιον διδάκει τοῦ πάθους καὶ δείκνυσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἀπόλλυται· [ἐδήλου γὰρ τὸ >παραθήσομαι<, ὅτι πάλιν αὐτὴν ἀπολήψεται].
“Father, into your hands I commit my spirit.” This cry, which he uttered on the cross, teaches that the souls of the saints are no longer shut up in Hades as they were before. They are with God, since this has happened in Christ as a firstfruits. The place where souls were held and confined was below, but the Lord, through himself, moved this journey from downward to upward. Human nature was found in him to be rich in sinlessness. So he has made something new for us: souls released from their bodies are sent “into the hands of the living God.” The holy Stephen knew this when he said, “Lord Jesus, receive my spirit.” The word “I commit” teaches that the passion was voluntary, and shows that the spirit is not destroyed. [For “I will commit” would have indicated that he would receive it back again.]
Fragment 85
24, 15 >αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς ἐγγίσας συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς< Τίς μὲν ἡ δόξα τοῦ σώματος τοῦ κυρίου, ἧς καὶ ὁ Παῦλος μέμνηται, παρεδείχθη τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐν τῇ μεταμορφώσει ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐχρῆν μετά τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐμφανισθῆναι τοῖς τε ἀποστόλοις καὶ τοῖς πεντακοσίοις μαθηταῖς εἰς πίστευσιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως, ὡς ἐχώρουν ἰδεῖν, ἐθεάθη, [καὶ] ὁποῖον ᾔδεσαν αὐτὸν παθεῖν, δεικνὺς αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰς ἐκ τῶν παθῶν οὐλάς. Ὅρα δέ, ὅτι καὶ ἀποδημῶν εἰρήνην αὐτοῖς ἀφῆκεν, ὡς ὁ Ἰωάννης ἔγραψεν· καὶ αὖθις ἐπιδημήσας εἰρήνην δίδωσι, τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ πρᾶγμα καὶ ὄνομα.
“Jesus himself drew near and went with them.” The glory of the Lord’s body, which Paul also mentions, was shown to the disciples at the transfiguration on the mountain. But after the resurrection he had to appear to the apostles and to the five hundred disciples, so that they would believe in the resurrection. So he was seen as they were able to see him, [and] as they knew him to have suffered, and he showed them the scars left by his sufferings. Notice also that when he was going away he left them peace, as John wrote, and when he came among them again he gave peace. Peace is a sweet thing and a sweet name.
Fragment 86
24, 32 >οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν< [ἑτέρως δέ·] Σίμων καὶ Κλεόπας ὁμολογοῦντες ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις τοῦ σωτῆρος τό· >ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν< καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς δηλοῦσιν, ὅτι οἱ ἀπὸ ἀγάπης τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἀκούοντας ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀπαγγελλόμενοι λόγοι ἐχούσης φλόγα πυρὸς ἔκαιον, ἀνάπτοντες τὴν καρδίαν τῶν ἀκουόντων πρὸς ἀγάπην θεοῦ.
“Were not our hearts burning within us?” [Another way of taking it:] Simon and Cleopas, in confessing “our heart was burning” and what follows, make clear something about the Savior’s words. The words he spoke came from love toward those who heard him. They had in them a flame of fire, and they burned, setting the hearts of the hearers alight with love for God.
Fragment 87
24, 50 >ἐπόρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ εὐλόγησεν αὐτούς< Τοιοῦτον δέ τι καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἀαρὼν ἐν τῷ Λευϊτικῷ γέγραπται, ὅτι >ἐξάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν λαὸν ηὐλόγησεν αὐτούς<. Ὑπολαμβάνω δὲ ἐνθάδε αἰνίσσεθαι τὸν λόγον, ὅτι δεῖ τὸν εὐλογοῦυντά τινα κεκοσμῆσθθαι ἐν ἔργοις διαφέρουσι κα ἐπηρμένοις παρὰ τοὺς πολλούς· αἱ γὰρ χεῖρες Ἀαρὼν ἄνω ἐξαίρονται, ὅτε μέλλει εὐλογεῖν τὸν λαόν. Ὡς εἔπερ τις κάτω ἔχοι τὰς χεῖρας εἰς τὰ γήϊνα, οὐκ ἂν ἀνύσαι βουλόμενος τινα, ὥσπερ οὐδέ κάτω κείμεναι αἶ Μωϋσέως χεῖρες ὠφέλουν τὸν λαόν, ἀλλ᾿ ὅτε ἐπήροντο. Τούτου σύμβολον ἦν καὶ ἡ ἔπαρσις τῶν τοῦ σωτῆρος· ταῖς γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον πράξεσιν ὕφωσεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ ἔσωσε τοὺς πιστεύοντας. τάχα τοίνυν πᾶς ὁ ταῖς πράξεσιν ἐπηρμένος ἐσταύρωται, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἔλεγε Παῦλος· >ἐγὼ κόσμῳ ἐσταύρωμαι κἀμοὶ κόσμος<, τοῦτ' ἔστιν· νενόηταί μοι ὁ λόγος ὁ περὶ κόσμου καὶ ἐπῆρται καὶ οὐκέτι κεῖται κάτω· τῷ γὰρ μὴ συνέντι τὸν λόγον τῆς κοσμοποιΐας ὁ λόγος οὐκ ἐσταύρωται. Καλὸν γὰρ εἶναι ἡγοῦμαι τὸ σταυροῦσθαι, ὃ καὶ Παῦλος πέπονθε, Χριστῷ συνεσταυρωμένος, καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἔσχεν ὡς πρὸς τὸν Παύλου νοῦν ἐπηρμένος καὶ νενοημένος αὐτῷ. Ἀλλως δὲ ἐπαίρει τὰς χεῖρας ὁ κύριος, δύναμιν δύναμιν τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐντιθεὶς διὰ τῆς εὐλογίας.
“He lifted up his hands and blessed them.” Something like this is written about Aaron in Leviticus: that “lifting up his hands over the people, he blessed them.” I take the passage to hint here that anyone who blesses another must be adorned with works that are outstanding and lifted above those of the many. Aaron’s hands are lifted up when he is about to bless the people. If someone held his hands down toward earthly things, he could not accomplish what he wanted for anyone. In the same way, Moses’ hands did not help the people when they lay down, but only when they were lifted up. The lifting up of the Savior’s hands was a symbol of this. By works beyond human power he lifted his hands and saved those who believe. So perhaps everyone who is lifted up in his works has been crucified. In this sense Paul said, “I have been crucified to the world, and the world to me.” That is: the account of the world has been understood by me, and it has been lifted up and no longer lies below. For to the one who has not understood the account of the world’s making, the word has not been crucified. I think being crucified is good, as Paul experienced it, crucified with Christ. And the world, in relation to Paul’s mind, was lifted up and understood by him. In another sense, the Lord lifts up his hands in order to put power into the disciples through the blessing.
Fragment 88
11, 3 >τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον ἐπιούσιον ἡμῖν τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν< Ἐμφαντικώτερον δὲ τὀ >καθ' ἡμέραν< τοῦ παρὰ Ματθαίῳ >σήμερον<. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος, ὃς κυρίως οὐσία, μὴ τυχὼν ζῶντος ἄρτου ἐχθρῷ ζωῆς θανάτῳ γίνεται, ὡς τὸ σῶμα μὴ τρεφόμενον. Ταπεινοὶ δέ οἱ νομίζοντες περὶ σωματικοῦ ἄρτου λέγειν τὸν διδάσκοντα μὴ >περὶ τῆς αὔριον<, μάλιστα εἶς >τὸν ἐπιούσιον<, ἀντὶ τοῦ >τὸν ἐπιόντα< καὶ >ἐπερχόμενον< λαμβάνουσιν. Τοῦτο δὲ δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ εἰπεῖν· >οὐ γὰρ οἶδας, τί τέξεται ἡ ἐπιοῦσα<, τοῦτ' ἔστιν ἡ αὔριον ἡ ἐπερχομένη· οί δὲ τοῦ Μάνεντος ἢ ἀλληγρήσουσιν, ὃ μὴ εἴωθεν, ἢ τὸν τοῦ Δημιουργοῦ ἄρτον αἰτήσουσιν.
“Give us each day our bread for the coming day [epiousion].” “Each day” is more emphatic than Matthew’s “today.” The inner man, who is properly the real being, dies if he does not get living bread, just as the body does if it is not fed. Death is the enemy of life, and he falls to it. Small-minded people suppose that the teacher is speaking about bodily bread when he says “not about tomorrow.” They especially take “epiousion” to mean “the coming” or “the approaching” day. This is clear from his saying, “for you do not know what the coming day will bring forth,” that is, the tomorrow that is approaching. As for the followers of Manes, either they will allegorize, which is not their custom, or they will be asking for the bread of the Creator.
Fragment 89
1, 1 (Hom. 1) >ἐπειδήπερ πολλοὶ ἐπεχείρησαν ἀνατάξασθαι< [ὥστε] σημαίνει το >έπεχείρησαν< τό χωρις χαρίσματος ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἀναγραφὴν τῶν εὐαγγελίων τινάς, τὸ δὲ >ἀνατάξασθαι< σημαίνει τὸ ἐκθεῖναι, τὸ ἐξηγήσασθαι, τὸ συγγράψαι.
“Since many have undertaken to compile.” The word “undertaken” indicates that some came to the writing of gospels without a gift of grace. The word “compile” means to set out, to explain, to write down.
Fragment 90
1, 1 (Hom. 1) >καθὼς παρέδοσαν ἡμῖν οἱ ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς αὐτόπται< Ὅτι μὲν οὖν παρὰ τῶν αὐτοψίᾳ θεασαμένων καὶ αὐτηκόων γενομένων παρέλαβε, σαφώς ώμολόγησεν ειπών· >καθὼς παρέδοσαν ἡμῖν οἱ απ' ἀρχῆς αὐτόπται και ὑπηρέται γενόμενοι τοῦ λόγου<. Καὶ χρή τούτῳ μὲν και Μάρκῳ πείθεσθαι, ὡς ἅπερ ἀκηκόασιν ἀκριβῶς ἀναγραψαμένοις, Ἰωάννῃ δὲ καὶ ΜατΘαίῳ, ὡς ἅπερ ἑωράκασι γράφουσιν. Τὰ οὺν νόμιμα εὐαγγέλια τιμητέον ἐξ ἴσου, μὴ μόνον τὴν ὄψιν τῶν ἑωρακότων τιμών- των, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀκοὴν τῶν ἀκηκοότων· ἀληθεῖς γὰρ ἀληθῶν διάδοχοι καὶ τὸ παραδοθὲν αὐτοῖς φῶς εἰς ἡμᾶς παραπέμπουσιν, ἔπαινον κομιζό- μενοι δίκαιον παρ' ἠμῶν.
“Just as those who from the beginning were eyewitnesses handed down to us.” Luke plainly admitted that he received his material from those who had seen it with their own eyes and heard it with their own ears. He said, “just as those who from the beginning were eyewitnesses and became servants of the word handed down to us.” We should trust him and Mark as men who wrote down accurately what they had heard. We should trust John and Matthew as men who write what they had seen. So the lawful Gospels are to be honored equally. We honor not only the sight of those who saw but also the hearing of those who heard. For true men succeed true men, and they pass on to us the light that was handed to them, and they receive from us the praise they deserve.
Fragment 91
1, 6 (Hom. 2) >ἦσαν δέ δίκαιοι ἀμφότεροι< Ἴσως ἐρεῖ τις, ὅτι τοῦ νόμου λέγοντος· >ἐὰν φυλάξῃς τὰ προστάγ- ματα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου, πληθυνεῖ τὸν σῖτόν σου καὶ τόν οἶνόν σου καὶ τὸ ἔλαιόν σου καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ἔν σοι ἄγονος οὐδέ στεῖρα<· εἰ οὖν >δίκαιοι< οὗτοι, ποῦ ἡ εὐλογία; ὅτι ἔθος τοῖς ἐπὶ μεγάλοις τισὶ προβιβαζομένοις παρὰ θεοῦ ὡς Ἰσαάκ καὶ Σαμψὼν καὶ Σαμουὴλ ὑπερβαίνειν τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον· στειρωτικὴ γὰρ ὠδὶς ἐγγὺς τῆς παρθενικῆς ἐστιν.
“Both were righteous.” Perhaps someone will say: the law says, “If you keep the commandments of the Lord your God, he will multiply your grain and your wine and your oil, and there will be no one childless or barren among you.” If these two were righteous, then, where is the blessing? The reason is that those whom God advances to something great, such as Isaac, Samson and Samuel, are customarily brought beyond what the law provides. For the labor of a barren woman is close to that of a virgin.
Fragment 92
1, 15 (Hom. 4) >ἔσται γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον κυρίου< καὶ διὰ παντὸς τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμμα πρὸς θεὸν ἀνατείνων καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν μόνον βλέπων κατὰ τὸν λέγοντα· >πρὸς σὲ ἦρα τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου, τὸν κατοικοῦντα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ<
“For he will be great before the Lord.” He will be great because he continually lifts the eye of his soul toward God and looks to him alone. This is in line with the one who says, “To you I lifted up my eyes, you who dwell in heaven.”
Fragment 93
1, 15 (Hom. 4) >οἶνον καὶ σίκερα οὐ μὴ πίῃ< >καὶ σίκερα οὐ μὴ πίη(. Σίκερά ἐστι πᾶν τὸ μέθην ποιεῖν δυνάμενον, οὐκ ἂν δὲ ἐξ ἀμπέλου, μάλιστα δέ τὸ ἐκ φοινίων ἐσκευασμένον.
“Wine and strong drink he shall not drink.” “Strong drink” [sikera] is anything that can make a person drunk, [even if] it is not from the vine. It especially means what is prepared from dates.
Fragment 94
1, 17 (Hom. 4) >καὶ αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ< >Καὶ αὐτὸς προελεύσεται<. Τό· >προελεύσεται ἐν πνεύματι καὶ Ηλίου<, τοῦτό ἐστιν· Ἡλίου τῆς δευτέρας τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας προδρόμου, καθώς φησιν ὁ προφήτης εἰπών· >πέμφω ὑμῖν Ἡλίαν τὸν Θεσβίτην πρὶν ἐλθεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ επιφανῆ< οὕτως οὖν καὶ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῆς πρώτης γέγονε πρόδρομος καὶ >ἐν πνεύματι< μέν, ὅτι ὥσπερ ἦν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἡλίαν ἡ τοῦ παναγίου πνεύματος χάρις, οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν πρόδρομον, >ἐν δυνάμει< δέ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς πληρουμένης παρ᾿ αὐτῶν διακονίας.
“And he will go before him.” “He will go before in the spirit and [power] of Elijah.” That is, he goes before in the spirit and power of Elijah, who is the forerunner of the Lord’s second coming. As the prophet says, “I will send you Elijah the Tishbite before the great and conspicuous day of the Lord comes.” In the same way John became the forerunner of the first coming. He came “in spirit” because the grace of the all-holy Spirit that was on Elijah was likewise on the forerunner. He came “in power” because of the greatness of the ministry that was fulfilled by them both.
Fragment 95
1, 17 (Hom. 4) >ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα< τὸ δὲ >ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα<· μετῆλθε δὲ τὰ αὐτὰ πρὸς Ἰωάννην. Ἀλλὰ μὴ ὡς ἡ ἀκολουθία τῆς φύσεως βούλεται τέκνων ἀκολουθεῖν μᾶλλον πατράσιν, οὐ πατέρας δουλεύειν υἱοῖς· ἀλλ᾿ ἐπεὶ βούλεται τῷ λαῷ δεῖν τὸν ἀρχαῖον ἀκολουθεῖν, ὃς χώρᾳ ἦν πατέρων, ὁ δὲ δεύτερος καὶ νέος ἐν χώρᾳ υἱῶν — >ἀντὶ< γὰρ >τῶν πατέρων σου ἐγεννήθησαν υἱοί σοι< — ἀντιστρέφει τὴν ἀκολουθίαν· καὶ γὰρ γὰρ ἀποκαθιστᾷ τὴν συναγωγὴν ὑπὸ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. Ἑρμηνεύων δέ, τίνες οἱ πατέρες, τίνες δὲ τὰ τέκνα, ἐπιφέρει· >καὶ ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων<. Δεῖ τοὺς παλαιοὺς παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις τῇ φρονήσει τῶν δικαίων ἀκολουθῆσαι.
“To turn the hearts of fathers to children.” The same things passed over to John. But this is not how the order of nature wants it, which is that children follow their fathers rather than fathers serving sons. But he wants the ancient people to follow [the new people]. The ancient people stood in the place of fathers, and the second and new people stand in the place of sons, as it says, “Instead of your fathers, sons were born to you.” So he reverses the order, for he puts the synagogue back under the church. Explaining who the fathers are and who the children are, he adds, “and the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous.” The old among the Jews must follow the wisdom of the righteous.
Fragment 96
1, 22 (Hom. 5)>ἐξελθὼν δὲ οὐκ ἐδύνατο λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς< Ἔτι ἀπιστήσας ὁ Ζαχαρίας τῷ ἀγγέλλοντι τὴν γένεσιν τῆς δεικνυούσης τὸν λόγον φωνῆς ἀπόλλυσι τὴν φωνήν, ἀναλαμβόνων αὐτὴν καὶ παυόμενος τῆς ἐπιπόνου σιωπῆς, ὅτε γεννᾶται ὁ πρόδρομος, τοῦ λόγου φωνή, καὶ ὅτε γράφει, ὅτι >Ἰωάννης ἐστὶν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ<. Ἐνωτίζεσθαι οὖν δεῖ φωνήν, ἵν᾿ ὁ νοῦς τὸν ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς δεικνύμενον δέξηται λόγον.
“When he came out he could not speak to them.” Zechariah disbelieved the one who announced the birth of the voice that reveals the Word, and so he lost his own voice. He got it back and ended his painful silence when the forerunner was born, who is the voice of the Word, and when he wrote that “John is his name.” So we must give ear to the voice, so that the mind may receive the word that the voice reveals.
Fragment 97
1, [Greek lost here; only the Latin survives] >ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱἡμέραιτῆς λειτουργίας< Προακούσας ἐράσμιον πρᾶγμα ὁ Ζαχαρίας ἑαυτῷ μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι οὐκ ἔσπευσε πρὸ καιροῦ δραμεῖν πρὸς τὸ δοῦναι ὁδὸν τῇ προφητείᾳ, ἀλλ᾿ ἔμεινε πληρῶσαι τὴν πνευματικὴν λειτουργίαν καὶ οὕτω τῇ προφητείᾳ διὰ τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐξυπηρετήσασθαι, διδάσκων ὅτι δεῖ πάντα δεύτερα ποιεῖσθαι τῆς εἰς θεὸν τιμῆς.
“When the days of his service were completed.” Zechariah had heard beforehand that something wonderful was going to happen to him. Even so, he did not hurry ahead of the proper time to make way for the prophecy. He stayed until he had finished his spiritual service, and only then served the prophecy through bodily things. In this he teaches that everything must be put second to the honor owed to God.
Fragment 98
1, 24 (Hom. 6) >περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε< Διὸ οὐδέν ἔλεγεν ἡ Ἐλισάβετ, ἕως οὗ πάντες σχεδὸν εἰπεῖν ἤλεγχον αὐτήν, ὅτι ἔγκυος ἦν, δἱ᾿ ὧν ἑώρων, κἂν ἐκείνη τὸ πρᾶγμα ἔκρυβεν.
“She hid herself for five months.” For this reason Elizabeth said nothing, until almost everyone was exposing her and saying that she was pregnant, because of what they saw, even though she kept the matter hidden.
Fragment 99
1, [Greek lost here; only the Latin survives] >οὗτος ἔσται μέγας καὶ υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθήσεται< Τὸ δέ >ἔσται< καὶ >κληθήσεται< τῇ κατὰ σάρκα πρέπον οἰκονομίᾳ, καὶ τό· >δώσει δὲ αὐτῷ κύριος< τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ σάρκα πρέπον οἰκονομίᾳ, βάνειν λέγεται διὰ ταύτην >τὸν θρόνον Δαβίδ<, ἀλλ᾿ ἔστιν ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ βασιλεὺς αἰώνιος θεοπρεπῶς.
The words “he will be” and “he will be called” fit the plan of salvation in the flesh. So does “the Lord will give him.” It is because of this plan [that he is said to receive] “the throne of David.” Yet he is the same one, and in a way fitting for God he is also king forever.
Fragment 100
1, [Greek lost here; only the Latin survives] >ἰδοὺ ἡ δούλη κυρίον< Ὡς εὐγνώμων οὖσα ἡ Μαρία ἔφη πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον· >Ἰδοὺ ἡ κυρίου· γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου<.
“Behold, the [servant] of the Lord.” Mary was gracious and said to the angel, “Behold, the [servant] of the Lord; let it be to me according to your word.”
Fragment 101
1, 48 (Hom. 8) >ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν< Οὐχ ἁπλῶς δέ οὐδέ ἀκρίτως ἐν τῇ Μαρίᾶ γέγονεν ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν αὐτῆς ταπείνωσιν, ἣν ἀγαπᾷ ὁ θεὸς καὶ ὑπερυψοῖ ὡς μιμουμένην αὐτὸν τὸν ταπεινώσαντα ἑαυτὸν καὶ μορφὴν δούλου λαβόντα· >ὅτε ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς δούλης αὐτοῦ<· ἐν Ἡσαΐα φησίν· >ἐπὶ τίνα ἐπιβλέψω ἀλλ᾿ ἢ ἐπὶ τὸν ταπεινὸν καὶ ἡσύχιον καὶ τρέμοντά μου τοὺς λόγους;< Εἶτά φησιν· >ἐπειδὴ ἐπὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς δούλης αὐτοῦ< — δούλη γὰρ αὐτοῦ εἰμι ὡς πλάσμα αὐτοῦ καθὼς καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ κτίσματα — Ε;ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν μακαριοῦσί με>, οὐ σὺ μόνη ἡ Ἐλισάβετ, ἀλλὰ <πᾶσαι αἱ αἱ τῶν πιστευόντων· εἰ γὰρ καὶ τοῖς κατ’ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ ἀσυμφανὴς ἦν ὁ τῆς θεοτόκου λόγος, ἀλλὰ νῦν ὁσημέραι ἐπὶ πλείω λαλεῖ κα φαίνεται τὸ ἀληθὲς τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς προφητευθέντων.
“He looked upon her humility.” The Word did not come to be in Mary simply or without discrimination. It was because of her surpassing humility, which God loves and exalts highly, since she imitates him who humbled himself and took the form of a slave. So she says, “when he looked upon the humility of his servant.” In Isaiah he says, “On whom will I look, except on the humble and quiet one who trembles at my words?” Then she says, “because he looked upon the humility of his servant” (for I am his servant as his creature, just like the rest of creation), “from now on they will call me blessed.” Not you alone, Elizabeth, but all [the generations] of those who believe. For even if what the mother of God said was not evident to people at that time, now, day by day, it speaks more widely, and the truth of what she prophesied becomes plain.
Fragment 102
1, 49 (Hom. 8) >ἐποίησέν μοι μεγάλα ὁ δυνατός< Ἐπειδήπερ ἀπιστήσειεν ἂν τις πρὸς τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῆς συλλήψεως, εἴ γε παρθένος οὖσα συλλάβοι, τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ >δυνατοῦ< τὴν ἀπιστίαν ἵνα τις τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος ἀναπέμψῃ τὸ κατόρθωμα καὶ μὴ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν ἐξετάζων ἐκπέσῃ τῆς ἀληθοῦς συγκαταθέσεως τῶν ἀληθῶς γεγενημενων.
“The Mighty One has done great things for me.” Someone might disbelieve that the conception could really take place, if she conceived while a virgin. So she [sets] the unbelief [to rest] by the name “the Mighty One.” In this way a person may credit the accomplishment to the power of the one who works it. He will then not examine the matter by the course of nature and fall away from true assent to what truly happened.
Fragment 103
1, 52 (Hom. 8) >καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων< Τοὺς αὐτοὺς καὶ >δυνάστας< καλεῖ, οὓς καθελὼν ὕψωσεν, τοὺς ἑαυτοὺς >ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ(, δεδωκὼς αὐτοῖς <ἐξουσίαν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεως καὶ σκορπίων καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ>· καὶ <πεινῶντας> μέν τοὺς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, λιμώττοντας θείων καὶ διδασκαλίας, <ἐνέπλησεν ἀγαθῶν>c τῶν τῆς νέας διαθήκης.

⚑ Possible scanning error in the digital Greek (ἀγαθῶν>c). Check it against the printed edition.

“He brought down rulers from their thrones.” He also calls “rulers” the very ones whom he brought down and then lifted up. These are the ones who humbled themselves “under his mighty hand.” To them he has given “authority to tread upon snakes and scorpions and upon all the power of the enemy.” The “hungry” are those from the nations, starving for divine things and for teaching. “He filled” them “with good things” of the new covenant.
Fragment 104
1, 80 (Hom. 11) >ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις< Οὕτω πάντα ξένα τὰ αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἡ τροφὴ ξένη, καὶ ἐκλεκτὸς ἀπὸ κόσμου ἅτε τὸν ὑπέρ κόσμον μηνύων Χριστόν, καὶ ἐν ἐρήμῳ εὐθύς, ἔξω τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις κακίας αναστρεφόμενος, ἵνα καὶ ἀξιόπιστος γένηται ταύτην ἐλέγχειν· οὐ πρότερον δὲ τοῖς ἐν πόλεσιν ἐπιχωριάζειν ἤρξατο, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ πνεῦμα δημοσιεῦσαι ἑαυτὸν προετρέψατο.
“He was in the deserts.” So everything about him was strange. His food was strange. He was chosen out of the world, as one announcing the Christ who is above the world. He was in the desert from the start, living outside the wickedness found among people, so that he would be trustworthy when he rebuked it. He did not begin to frequent the people in the cities until the Spirit in him urged him to show himself publicly.
Fragment 105
2, 1 (Hom. 11) >ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις εκείναις< Ποίαις ἡμέραις; Καθ’ ἃς ἐγεννήθη ὁ βαπτιστής· ἔξ γὰρ μησὶ πρόδρομος τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐγένετο εἰς τὴν κύησιν καὶ πρὸ ἓξ μηνῶν ἐτέχθη· ὡς δέ οἱ ἀκριβέστεροι ἐπετήρησαν, καὶ πρὸ ἓξ μηνῶν τῆς ἀναλήψεως τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀπέθανεν. >Αὐγούστου< δέ φησιν πρώτως βασιλεύοντος <ἐξῆλθε δόγμα>. Πρὸ Αὐγούστου γὰρ μόνος ἐγτένετο Ἰούλιος Καῖσαρ ὁ μετὰ τοὺς ὑπάτους· τύπος γὰρ ἦν πρὸ τούτου ὑπάτους βασιλεῖς ἐνιαυσιαίους· Αὔγουστος δὲ βασιλεύσας λύει τὰς πολυαρχίας καὶ κατασχὼν παρέμεινε βασιλεύων. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἤμελλε τὸ κήρυγμα διατρέχειν εἰς τὰ πέρατα, οὐκ ἠδύναντο δέ οἱ ἀπόστολοι μεταβαίνειν ἀπὸ ἔθνους εἰς ἔθνος διαφόροις βασιλεῦσι παλαίοντες καὶ πολεμούμενοι παρ ἑκάστου, προομαλίζει μιᾷ βασιλείᾳ τὴν γῆν ὁ θεός, ἵνα οἱ ἀπόστολοι ὡς εἰς μίαν βασιλείαν κηρύττωσιν.
“Now it happened in those days.” Which days? Those in which the Baptist was born. The forerunner of the Savior was six months ahead of him in the conception, and was born six months before him. As the more careful students have observed, he also died six months before the Savior’s ascension. “When Augustus was the first to reign,” he says, “a decree went out.” Before Augustus, Julius Caesar alone ruled, and he came after the consuls. Before him the pattern was consuls as kings, each for one year. But when Augustus became king, he ended the rule of many and, having taken hold, stayed on as king. The preaching was about to run to the ends of the earth. The apostles could not pass from nation to nation, struggling with different kings and being attacked by each one. So God leveled the earth beforehand under a single kingdom, so that the apostles might preach as though into one kingdom.
Fragment 106
2, 22 (Hom. 14) >ἀνήγαγεν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα< Περιτέμνεται ὁ κύριος ὀκταήμερος· Ἰησοῦς ὀνομάζεται, ὃ καὶ προηγόρευται καὶ οὕτω μετὰ τὴν συμπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀνάγεται πρὸς Ἱεροσόλυμα καὶ παρίσταται τῷ κυρίῳ κατὰ τὸν νόμον τὸν λέγοντα, ὅτι >πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν ἅγιον τῷ κυρίῳ κληθήσεται<. Καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ἐνταῦθα γνῶναι παντός, ὡς αὐτὸς μέν ὁ ἁγιάζων, αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ ἁγιαζόμενος, ἐκεῖνο δέ οὐ παντός, ὡς ἐλέγετο μὲν καὶ ἐτελεῖτο ταῦτα κοινῶς, ἐδήλου δέ τι τοῦ φαινομένου βαθύτερον· προσήγετο γὰρ ὑπέρ ἄῤῥηνος πρωτοτόκου καὶ αὐτοῦ προσαγομένου <ζεῦγος τρυγόνων, καὶ δύο περιστερῶν> καὶ οἶμαι διὰ μὲν τῶν τρυγόνων τὸ σῶφρόν τε καὶ δηλούσθαι.
“He brought him up to Jerusalem.” The Lord is circumcised on the eighth day. He is named Jesus, as had been foretold. Then, when the days were completed, he is brought up to Jerusalem and presented to the Lord according to the law that says, “Every male that opens the womb shall be called holy to the Lord.” Anyone can grasp one thing here: he himself is the one who sanctifies, and he himself is the one who is sanctified. Not everyone grasps the other: these things were spoken and carried out in the ordinary way, yet they pointed to something deeper than what could be seen. For on behalf of a male firstborn, and on behalf of him as he was brought, “a pair of turtledoves and two pigeons” were offered. I think the turtledoves are meant to show self-control and [the rest of the sentence is missing or corrupt in the Greek].
Fragment 107
2, 46 (Hom. 19) >μετὰ ἡμέρας τρεῖς εὗρον αὐτόν< Οὐ τῇ πρώτη δὲ ἢ τῇ δευτέρᾳ ηὗρον αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ τῇ τρίτη, ὅτε αὐτὸς ἠθέλησεν ἐμφανὴς γενέσθαι τοῖς ζητοῦσιν αὐτόν. Ἔχει δὲ καὶ αἴνιγμα ὁ λόγος· ἐν τῷ δωδεκάτῶ ἔτει τρεῖς ἡμέρας κρύπτεται, πρὸ τοῦ πάθους τὸ πάθος καταγγέλλων τὸ ἐπὶ τῶν δώδεκα μαθητῶν, ὅτε δὴ καὶ τούτους ἔλαθε καὶ πόλιν ἀναστὰς ἐφάνη [πρὸ τῶν τριῶν], τὸν τριήμερον [Greek lost here; only the Latin survives]
“After three days they found him.” They did not find him on the first or the second day, but on the third, when he himself chose to show himself to those seeking him. The account also holds a riddle. In his twelfth year he is hidden for three days. Before the passion, he announces the passion, the one that concerned the twelve disciples. At that time he was hidden from them too, and he rose and appeared [again; the Greek reads “a city”] [before the three], the three-day time before the time. [The last words are uncertain and the text may be corrupt.]
Fragment 108
[Greek lost here; only the Latin survives] >ἐν ἔτει δέ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς Τιβερίου< Ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ ἔτει Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου ἐγεννήθη ὁ Χριστός, καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν Αὔγουστος ἔτη πεντήκοντα ἓξ, λοιπὰ δέκα πέντε· εἶτα ἐβασίλευσεν μετ᾿ αὐτὸν Τιβέριος, καὶ τῷ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει τῆς Τιβερίου βασιλείας ἦλθεν Ἰωάννης βαπτίζων, ὅτε καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐβαπτίσθη >ὢν ἐτῶν ὡσεὶ τριάκοντα>, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς φησιν εὐαγγελιστής. dCS (es folgt p. [Greek lost here; only the Latin survives]
“In the fifteenth year of Tiberius.” Christ was born in the forty-first year of Caesar Augustus. Augustus reigned fifty-six years, so fifteen remained. Then Tiberius reigned after him. In the fifteenth year of Tiberius’s reign John came baptizing, and at that time Jesus was also baptized, “being about thirty years old,” as the evangelist says further on.
Fragment 109
[Greek lost here; only the Latin survives] >ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἄννα καὶ Καϊάφα< Ἐμνήσθη δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Ἄννα καὶ Καϊάφα, ἵνα δείξῃ, ἀπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ, καθ’ ὅν ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰωάννης κηρύσσων, ἦσαν οὗτοι ἀρχιερεῖς, ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἀρξάμενοι, μείναντες δὲ ἕως τοῦ πάθους τοῦ κυρίου ἐν τῂ ἀρχιερωσύνῃ. Φησὶ γὰρ περὶ τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὅτι εἰπὼν περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὅτι >συμφέρει ἡμῖν, ἵνα εἷς ἄνθρωπος ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ<, καὶ ἐπήγαγεν εὐθύς· >ἦν γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐκείνου< ἤτοι πρὸ δύο ἐτῶν τοῦ πόθους εἶπεν τοῦτο· τῷ γὰρ τρίτῳ τριακοστῷ ἔτει μετὰ μῆνας τρεῖς ἔπαθεν ὁ κύριος.
“In the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas.” He also mentions the high priests Annas and Caiaphas to show that they were high priests from the time John came preaching. They began at that time and remained in the high priesthood until the Lord’s passion. For about Caiaphas he says that, when he said about Christ, “It is to our advantage that one man [die] for the people,” the writer immediately added, “for he was high priest of that [year].” So he said this two years before the passion, for the Lord suffered in the thirty-third year, after three months.
Fragment 110
4, 18 (Hom. 32) >ἀπέσταλκέν με κηρῦξαι αἱχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν< >καὶ τοῖς αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν<. Τινας δὲ αἰχμαλώτους φησὶν αὐτούς, οὓς πρώην αἰχμαλωτευθέντας καὶ δεσμευθέντας ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐλθὼν ὁ Χριστὸς καὶ καθελὼν τὸν ἀποστάτην καὶ ἀλαζόνα τύραννον τὸν Σατανᾶν ἠλευθέρωσε τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας; Τοὺς αὐτοὺς καὶ >τυφλοὺς< >τεθραυσμένους< φησίν· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐξήστραψε τοῖς ἐσκοτισμένην ἔχουσι διάνοιαν τὸ νοητὸν φῶς, ἀφῆκέν τε ἤγουν ἀπέλυσε δεσμῶν τῶν τῆς ἁμαρτίας τοὺς >τεθραυσμένους καὶ συντετριμμένους τῇ καρδίᾳ<, τοῦτ᾿ συντριβέντας ὑπὸ τοῦ βάρους τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἢ τοὺς ταπεινοὺς τῷ πνεύματι, οἷς καὶ κηρύσσει >ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτόν<. Ποῖος δὲ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν τὸ κήρυγμα τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐγίνετο ἢ καθ᾿ ὃν ὁ ἀμνὸς ὁ ἀληθινὸς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ κόσμου προσεφέρετο;
“He has sent me to proclaim release to the captives.” Whom does he call captives? Is it those who had earlier been taken captive and bound by the devil, whom Christ set free from captivity when he came and brought down the rebel and boastful tyrant, Satan? He calls the same people “blind” and “broken.” For Christ himself flashed the light of the mind on those whose understanding was darkened. He also released from the bonds of sin those who were “broken and crushed in heart,” that is, those crushed by the weight of sin, or those who are humble in spirit. To these he also proclaims “the acceptable year of the Lord.” And what year is this, in which the Savior’s preaching took place, if not the one in which the true Lamb was offered for the sin of the world?
Fragment 111
10, 29 (Hom. 34) >ὁ δὲ θέλων δικαιῶσαι ἑαυτὸν εἶπεν< Ἐπαινεθεὶς μέντοι ὑπό τοῦ σωτῆρος ὁ νομικὸς ὡς καλὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἐποιήσατο, τὴν ἀλαζονείαν ἐξέῤῥηξεν, οὐδένα εἶναι πλησίον αὐτοῦ τιθέμενος, ὡς οὐδενὸς ὄντος αὐτῷ κατὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐφαμίλλου· μόνον γὰρ ἐνόμιζε πλησίον εἶναι τόν δίκαιον τῷ δικαίῶ, τὸν ἡψηλὸν τῷ ὑψηλῷ κατ’ ἀρετὴν ἐφάμιλλον, οὐκ εἰδώς, ὅτι τοῦτο διαφθείρει τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὸ μὴ ἐξ ἀγάπης, ὃ πράττει, ποιεῖν· ἐνδεὴς οὖν οὗτος τῆς ἀγάπης ἁλίσκεται καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν πλησίον.
“But he, wanting to justify himself, said.” The lawyer had been praised by the Savior for giving a good answer. Even so, he burst out with arrogance. He counted no one as his neighbor, as though no one were a match for him in righteousness. For he thought that only the righteous person is neighbor to the righteous, and only the lofty to the lofty, someone who rivals him in virtue. He did not know that this destroys righteousness: not doing out of love what one does. So he is found lacking in love, both toward God and toward his neighbor.
Fragment 112
13, 6 >συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην< [Ἄλλοι δέ τὸ τρισσῶς ἐληλυθέναι αὐτὸν οὕτω φασίν· τὸ πρῶτον Μωϋσέως καὶ Ἀαρών, δεύτερον, καθ’ ὃν καιρὸν ἦν Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυὴ καὶ μετ᾿ αὐτὸν οἱ κριταί, τρίτον δέ μετὰ τούτους, καθ’ ὃν γεγόνασιν >οἱ προφῆται μέχρις Ἰωάννου< τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ.] Ἐν καιροῖς ἄκαρπος ὁ Ἰσραήλ· ὅσον γὰρ ἧκεν εἰς τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ βουλήν, ἀπαράδεκτος ἦν ἡ ὡς ἐν σκιαῖς καὶ τύποις λατρεία, καὶ ἄκαρπος παντελῶς τότε ἧκον εἰς πνευματικὴν λατρείαν· διὸ καὶ ἀπόβλητος γέγονεν. Ἕτερον δέ τέταρτον νοῆσαι τὴν τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως χρόνον, καθ᾿ ὃν νύττει καὶ περιορύττει τὸν Ἰσραήλ, καταθερμαίνων αὐτόν, ἵνα ζέοντας τῷ πνεύματι ἀποτελέσῃ. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ μετὰ τοσαύτας ἀπειλὰς ἔμειναν ἄκαρποι, ἐξεκόπη ἡ συκῆ καὶ ἐνεκεντρίσθη τὰ ἔθνη >εἰς τὴν ἐκείνων ῥίζαν<· ἔμεινε ῥίζα. Ἢ γεωργὸν δεῖ νοῆσαι ἄγγελόν τινα παρὰ θεοῦ προσταχθέντα προΐστασθαι τῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἣ καὶ συκῇ ἀκάρπῳ παραβάλλεται. Διαγράψωμεν οὖν καὶ ὡς ἐν συντόμῳ τὸν λόγον· >συκῆ< ἤτοι ἡ Ἱερουσαλὴμ [ἢ ἡ τῶν Ἰουδαίων συναγωγὴ ἢ ἡ ἀνθρωπότης >οἰκοδεσπότης<, οὗ τινος καὶ ἡ συκῆ ἦν, [ὁ θεὸς καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτήρ· [ὁ δέ >ἀμπελουργὸς< ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. >Τρίτον< ἐληλυθέναι αὐτόν, τοῦτ’ ἔστι διὰ Μωϋσέως, διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, ἑαυτοῦ.] Ἤτοι πρῶτον ἔτος, καθ’ ὁ πρῶτον τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἐνετείλατο λέγων· >ἀπὸ παντὸς ξύλου τοῦ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ βρώσει φαγῇ<, τὰ ἑξῆς· δεύτερον, καθ᾿ ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ διὰ Μωϋσέως τῷ Ἰσραὴλ δέ- δωκεν ἐντολάς· τρίτον, καθ᾿ ὃ αὐτὸς δι’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τὸν τέλειον δέδωκε νόμον. Ἢ πρῶτον ἔτος φησιν, καθ’ ὃν ἦν Μωϋσῆς καὶ Ἀαρών, δεύτερον, καθ’ ὃν ἐν Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυὴ καὶ οἱ κριταί, τρίτον δέ, καθ’ ὃν γεγόνασιν >οἱ προφῆται Ἰωάννου< τέταρτον τὸν τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως χρόνον, καθ’ ὃν αὐτὸς διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τὴν τῶν οὐρανῶν βασιλείαν πᾶσιν εὐηγγελίσατο.
13:6 “A certain man had a fig tree planted.” [Others explain his coming three times like this: first, the time of Moses and Aaron; second, the time when Joshua son of Nun lived, and after him the judges; third, after these, the time when “the prophets until John” the Baptist appeared.] Israel was fruitless in its seasons. As far as God’s purpose was concerned, worship carried out in shadows and types could not be accepted. They came to spiritual worship altogether fruitless, and so Israel was cast away. A fourth time can also be understood: the time of the incarnation. In it he pricks Israel and digs around it, warming it so that he might make them fervent in spirit. But since they stayed fruitless even after so many threats, the fig tree was cut out and the Gentiles were grafted in “to their root.” The root remained. Or the vinedresser should be understood as some angel commanded by God to take charge of Jerusalem, which is itself compared to a fruitless fig tree. Let me then set out the account briefly. The fig tree is Jerusalem [or the synagogue of the Jews, or humanity]. The “master of the house,” whose fig tree it was, is God, and the Savior himself. The “vinedresser” is the Son of God. That he came “a third time” means that he came through Moses, through the prophets, and through himself. Or the first year is the one in which he first gave Adam a command, saying, “from every tree in paradise you shall eat for food,” and so on. The second is the one in which he gave commandments to Israel in the law through Moses. The third is the one in which he himself, in person, gave the perfect law in the gospel. Or he means this: the first year is the time of Moses and Aaron; the second is the time of Joshua son of Nun and the judges; the third is the time when “the prophets [until] John” appeared; and the fourth is the time of the incarnation, in which he himself, through the gospel, announced the good news of the kingdom of the heavens to all.
Fragment 113
9, 10 Ὁ δέ Ματθαῖός φησιν expl. φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν.
9:10 But Matthew says … “flee to the other.”
Fragment 114
9, 12 Κατὰ δέ ἀναγωγὴν expl. τρέφοντες ἑκάστην φυλήν.
9:12 But according to the higher sense … feeding each tribe.
Fragment 115
9, 18 Ἐρωτᾷ δὲ οὐχ ἀγνοῶν expl. συμβολικὰ αὐτοῦ ἀνειλήφασιν.
9:18 He asks, not out of ignorance … they have taken up symbolic [features] of him.
Fragment 116
Πυνθάνεται δὲ τῶν μαθητῶν expl. εἰσελεύσονται ἐν αὐτῇ.
He inquires of the disciples … will enter into it.
Fragment 117
9, 23 Ἑτέρως δέ ἀρνεῖταί τις ἑαυτόν expl. ἐν τῷ κατορθοῦν σωζο- μενην.
9:23 In another way someone denies himself … in doing right, [the one] being saved.
Fragment 118
9, 27 Ταῦτα ἐπὶ Πέτρον καὶ Ἰάκωβον expl. τῆς μεταμορφώσεως αυτου.
9:27 These things refer to Peter and James … of his transfiguration.
Fragment 119
Εἰ δέ χρή τι καὶ περιεργότερον expl. ἐντὸς τῶν τελείων μόνον.
But if one must look into something a little more closely … within the perfect only.
Fragment 120
9, 28 Καὶ τοίνυν ἴνα καὶ ἐπαναλαβὼν expl. καὶ τὸ πάθος τὸ ἅγιον.
9:28 And so, in order that, taking it up again … and the holy passion.
Fragment 121
Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις expl. τῷ βλέποντι θεωρούμενον.
For since in six days … being seen by the one who sees.
Fragment 122
Μὴ φέροντες τὴν τῆς φωνῆς δύναμιν expl. ἐκεῖ ἐμφανίζεσθαι πολλοῖς.
Not bearing the power of the voice … to appear there to many.
Fragment 123
9, 30 Ὠριγένης εἰς τό· <ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο συνελάλουν>] expl. οἷς ἡτοίμασται, διὰ τούτους λελέχθαι.
9:30 Origen on the words, “Behold, two men were talking with him”: … for whom it has been prepared, was said on account of these.
Fragment 124
9, 34 Ἡ δὲ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης expl. ὅθεν ἐληλύθεισαν.
9:34 But the voice from the cloud … from where they had come.
Fragment 125
9, 37 Ἐπιβλεπτέον δὲ τούτοις ὑψηλότερον expl. ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις τῆς τοιαύτης πίστεως.
9:37 But one must look at these things more loftily … in the branches of such a faith.
Fragment 126
9,44 Ὑπὸ τινος δέ ἄρα μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι; expl. ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς φῶς τοῦ θεοῦ.
9:44 By whom, then, is he going to be handed over? … upon us the light of God.
Fragment 127
9, 47 Ἐπεὶ ἀχώριστός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς expl. καὶ ἀπόνηρον παιδίον.
9:47 Since the Son is inseparable … and a child free of evil.
Fragment 128
9, 48 Οἴαν γὰρ τὸ παιδίον ἐκ τῆς γεννήσεως expl. γέγονεν εἰς τὰ παιδία.
9:48 For such as the child is from its birth … has become toward the children.
Fragment 129
11, 51 Διὸ τῆς Ἐλισάβετ καὶ τοῦ παιδὸς expl. τὸ αἷμα τῷ αἵματι.
11:51 Therefore, of Elizabeth and the child … the blood with the blood.
Fragment 130
Ζαχαρίαν εὑρίσκομεν ἐν ταῖς Βασιλείαις expl, τὸν πατέρα του πατρος.
We find Zacharias in the books of Kingdoms … the father of the father.
Fragment 131
14, 18 Τὸ μέν οὖν ὁλοσχερὲς τῆς παραβολῆς οὕτως. Ἐκλάβοις δέ καὶ ἄλλως κατὰ τὸν τόπον. Ὅσον ἄνθρωποί ἐσμεν expl. <ἐν θεῶν>.
14:18 That, then, is the general sense of the parable. But you might also take it differently, according to the passage. As far as we are human … “among gods.”
Fragment 132
17, 34 Δύναται δὲ σημαίνεσθαι καὶ τὰ δύο expl. ὡς ἀναξία αφιεμενη.
17:34 Both can also be signified … as unworthy, being sent away.
Fragment 133
18, 24 Ὅρα ὅτι οὐ πάντῃ ἀπέκλεισε τὸν πλούσιον expl. καὶ τὰ τῆς λεγομένης.
18:24 Observe that he did not shut out the rich man altogether … and the things of what is called.
Fragment 134
19, 29 Οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ ἤτοι Πέτρος καὶ Παῦλος expl. εἰς τὴν Ἱερουσαλήμ.
19:29 The two disciples, that is, Peter and Paul … into Jerusalem.
Fragment 135
23, 17 Διὰ τί δέ εἶχον ἀνάγκην ἀπολῦσαι expl. διὰ τὸν λαὸν τὸν Ἰωνάθαν.
23:17 Why did they need to release … because of the people, Jonathan.
Fragment 136
Εἰκὸς ἄρτι ὑποσπονδίων γενομένων expl. πάτριον αὐτοῖς το τοιουτον.
It is likely that, since a truce had just been made … such a thing was customary for them.
Fragment 137
23, 39 Ὁ μὲν Ματθαῖος παρατρέχων εἶπεν expl. <ἐν τῷ δείσῳ>.
23:39 Matthew, passing over it, said … “in the [δείσῳ].”
Fragment 138
Matth. 13, 44 Ὁμοίωμα καὶ παραβολὴ τὴν διαφοράν expl. ὁ τοῦ σπόρου λόγος.
Matthew 13:44 Likeness and parable, the difference … the word of the sowing.
Fragment 139
Matth. [Greek lost here; only the Latin survives] ἑτέραν δὲ ἐκδοχὴν εἴη ἂν expl. θελήμασι τοῖς αυτου.
Matthew 13:44 According to another interpretation it would be … in his wishes.
Fragment 140
Matth. 13, 45 Οἵ γε μὴ περὶ μαργαριτῶν expl. τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ.
Matthew 13:45 Those who [do] not [speak] about pearls … the knowledge of Christ.
Fragment 141
Matth. 13, 47 Ἔτι σαγήνη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκ τῶν παλαιῶν expl. τὴν κάμινον τῆς πυρός.
Matthew 13:47 Further, the dragnet is the one from the ancients … the furnace of fire.
Fragment 142
Matth. 20, 1 Τὰ πέντε ταῦτα διαστήματα expl. θεοῦ βασιλείαν ἀναφέρεται.
Matthew 20:1 These five intervals … is referred to the kingdom of God.
Fragment 143
Matth. 20, 1 Τάχα μὲν οὖν ἅπας ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος expl. τῆς σωτηρίας μισθός.
Perhaps, then, the whole life of human beings … the wage of salvation.
Fragment 144
Matth. 20, 1 Δι’ οὗ δοκεῖ μοι τὸ γνώρισμα τῆς βασιλείας expl. βασιλείαν ἀναφέρεται.
Through which the mark of the kingdom seems to me … is referred to the kingdom.
Fragment 145
[Greek lost here; only the Latin survives] Μόνος δὲ οὗτος παρὰ τοὺς τρεῖς expl. τὰ προφητικὰ τοὺς εὐαγγελιστάς.
But this one alone, besides the three … the prophetic writings, the evangelists.
Fragment 146
3, 16 Οὐκ ἄκαρπον παραθέσθαι expl. καθ’ ἑαυτόν, υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ.
It is not unprofitable to set alongside … by himself, a son of God.
Fragment 147
11, 3 [Οὕτω καὶ Ὠριγένης, ὅς φησιν, ὅτι] πᾶσα τροφὴ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς.
[So also Origen, who says that] … all nourishment of the life of the world.
Fragment 148
Ἡ λέξις ἡ <ἐπιούσιος> παρ᾿ οὐδενὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων expl. ὁ ἄρτος ἐστίν.
The word “epiousios” is found in none of the Greeks … is the bread.
Fragment 149
5, 12 Ἱστορικῶς δέ μετὰ τὴν ἀποστολὴν expl. ἅπασαν οἴησιν.
Historically, after the sending out … all conceit.
Fragment 150
17, 12 Καί γε τοὺς περὶ λέπρας νόμους expl. ἡ λέπρα ἐξαφανισθῇ.
Indeed, the laws concerning leprosy … until the leprosy has disappeared.
Fragment 151
12, 46 Τὸ παρὰ τοῦ Δανιὴλ εἰρημένον πρὸς θάτερον τῶν κατειπόντων τῆς ἁγίας Σωσάννης πρεσβυτέρων· >ἤδη γὰρ ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ λαβών>, φασιν, <παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ σχίσει σε μέσον>, λέγει γενήσεσθαι πάντως αὐτῷ τοῦτο ἐν τῇ κρίσει κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, ὅτι <καὶ διχοτομήσει αὐτόν>. Ἀμμώνιος δὲ ἑρμηνεύων προφητικὸν κεφάλαιον [Greek lost here; only the Latin survives]
What was said by Daniel to one of the elders who accused holy Susanna: “For already the angel of God, having received [the order],” they say, “from God, will split you in two.” He says this will certainly happen to him at the judgment, in keeping with what the Lord said, that “he will cut him in two.” And Ammonius, in interpreting a prophetic passage, etc. . . .
Fragment 152
8, 4 Τίνα διαφορὰν ἔχει ταῦτα expl. ῥήσεις τε σοφῶν καὶ αἰνίγματα.
What difference do these have … the sayings of the wise and riddles.
Fragment 153
16, 1 Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀρετὴν εἶναι τὴν φρόνησιν expl. οὐρανοὺς ἡτοίμασεν ὁ κύριος.
Since prudence is virtue … the Lord prepared the heavens.

Sources. Greek text: Max Rauer’s edition (Origenes Werke, Leipzig: J. C. Hinrichs'Sche Buchhandlung, 1930), digitised by Open Greek and Latin and the First Thousand Years of Greek project (CC BY-SA 4.0). The English is a new translation made by SermonIndex with AI directly from the Greek, as a first reading version; it has not been checked line by line by a person and may contain mistakes. No older English translation was used. Where the digital Greek is flagged as damaged, the English is a best reading. Released under CC BY-SA 4.0.

Everything we make is available for free because of a generous community of supporters.

Donate